Home

Legacy Syringe Pumps User Manual

1. C HE 1 CA m i If lo 14 HE s Ca 0 TUN e o Se O U x N ze i po P 7273 I I 4 1 1 25 ge 18 REF 1 JL REF 1 i ol IN A OUT En ol x A DWG 60 1242 334 Vi A 63 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST NO 60 1242 334 SHEET 2 OF 2 REV B DATE 03122 1 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION __ 209 0469 41 1 8 OD TUBING FERRULE ZERO VOLUME ALD s e0 1245 529 Mene of 209 0161 01 _ 1 8 NPT 1 8 TUBING MALE CONNECTOR SWAGELO 10 69 1243 572 3 WAY VALVE 15 60 1243 516 SINGLE CHECK VALVE HOUSING 20 209 0169 81 1 8 OD TUBING NUT UPCHURCH 209 0161 73 1 4 OD TUBE FITTING 209 0093 26 SOLENOID VALVE NOTE 1 This list is subject to change without notice A 64 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 16 Dual Check Valve Package for 100 260 500D 2 ilo RPL CONTINUOUS 8 FLOW CHECK VALVE A 65 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
2. 015 K102 70132 kiss TPM 0 A 43 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT POWER PART LIST DWG NO 60 1242 348 SHEET 2 OF 3 TELEDYNE ISCO Inc CIRCUIT BOARD REV J DATE 110311 pes PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION 110 4568 01 DESCRIPTION CAP 6800uF 25VDC 110 6333 01 C115 CAP 3300uF SOVDC 110 7290 00 CAP 6400uF 150VDC 112 5010 00 C105 CAP 2 2uF 20VDC 112 7510 00 C18 C119 C121 C122 CAP tur 35VDC 270 0000 01 HCPL 2232 270 0013 00 IC 4018 270 0129 03 LM2903 270 2002 00 279 0200 07 VR101 IC D469 VR LM7915CT 279 0201 05 VR103 VR LM7815C 279 0605 01 VR102 VR LM317 360 1024 03 K101 K102 RLY SPDT 24VDC 10A 400 0151 01 CR104 CR105 CR106 CR108 400 0154 01 113 CR114
3. tr Cem S203 0204 1111 P220 C20 cR217 P218 yo Uw T 5202 217 201 01962 09 09 0 03 0 INTERFACE CIRCUIT BOARD K201 K202 K203 5 CR202 TP201 1201 CR203 K204 d K205 md K206 09 TE 0207 ___ 6 1202 114 4 K207 4 Oa T TCR207 215 r v201 R201 C211 TP203 204 oy m d TP202 O cs 0202 sni R204 TP205 CR208 R203 P219 _ TT N 400 R202 11110711 9203 UT I cR214 Ses R205 CR212 TT ATA 28 CR216 TP206 R206 R208 R209 R21 0205 0206 207 18208 wo Ow 15V C205 4 ri 53 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT L L 2 PART LIST N T R F A nn i Isco Inc R C U A REV DATE 99100 d PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 201 112 6010 00 C201 C208 CAP 10uF 25VDC 202 141 9002 27 J216 SKT 25 PIN D SUB RTANG 203 270 0803 01 0201 0204 C 2803 204 270 1300 37 U206 C 82C55A 2 205 270 1500 40 U205 C DS1286 206 270 0103 24 U202 LM324 207 279 0205 07 U203 C VREF 356 2 5V 208 565 5012 00 K201 K202 K203 K204 K205 RLY DPDT 12VDC K206 K207 209 379 5027 50 R21
4. NOTE For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 68 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 18 Single Check Valve Package e k j 0 Far 0 gt REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DOUBLE CHECK VALVE PACKAGE C 09 A 69 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST NO 60 1242 249 Isco Inc REV C DATE 03122 ITEM NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 209 0169 27 NUT 2 209 0169 41 FERRULE 3 209 0169 42 TUBING REDUCER CONNECTOR 4 60 2253 240 HOUSING INLET ANALYTICAL STANDARD INERT 5 60 3864 010 CHECK VALVE CARTRIDGE 6 60 1243 517 DOUBLE CV HOUSING 7 60 2258 019 55 8 209 0169 81 TUBING 9 209 0169 80 FILTER ANALYTICAL STANDARD INERT 10 209 0169 00 NUT 11 209 0169 10 FRONT FERRULE 12 209 0169 11 BACK FERRULE Note 1 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Service Department 800 228 4250 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 70 D Series Syringe Pumps Index A Acc ctrl key 3 16 Accessories 500D accessory package 2B 3 500D refill kit 2B 4 500D table 2B 10 analog output option 3 19 back pressure regulation 2A 13 CO cylinder connection package 2A 7 continuous flow 8 20 cooling heating jacket 2A 11
5. 2B 5 2B 3 500D Optional Accessories 2B 10 2D 1 Cooling Heating Jacket Package 2D 5 3 1 Key functions in the Multi pump Mode 3 10 3 2 Analog Output Options connections to female 25 pin Sub D 3 21 5 1 Replacement Shear Keys 5 10 6 1 External control connector serial pin connections 6 2 6 2 Example of BASIC program to demonstrate conversion of pump commands to DASNET frames 6 4 6 3 Example of C program to demonstrate conversion of pump commands to DASNET frames 6 5 6 4 Serial Commands 6 12 6 5 Error Messages 6 23 7 1 Manual Refill Valve Kits 1 7 1 7 2 Manual Outlet Valve Kits 7 2 128 Swaging Detail 22 vant ee esse ua BAI PEUX dee t 7 2 8 1 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Check Valves 8 2 8 2 Continuous Flow Check Valve Package for 100D 260D 500D part 68 1247 059 8 6 8 3 Continuous Flow Check Valve Package for 1000D part 68 1247 128 8 7 8 4 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Air Valves
6. NOTE This list subject to change without notice A 45 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts This page intentionally blank A 46 A 1 8 Controller Circuit Board D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts n KD s BT101 3 TPAC TP143 H106 105 79105 TPH8 H107 x2 S101 1 m 4 oz Rot LU s ui RI 008 321 t R108 uns LI vos LT 900 woz 10105 EN gt ca coe d 8105 P 9 FLIS EE VB 112 R30 FL2OENA CI R3 EIR32 2 2
7. 2A 3 2A 2 4 Accessory Package 2A 4 2 2 5 Drain Tube an la Ae er Ea 2A 4 2A 3 Fluid Connection Accessories 2A 5 2 3 1 Manual Refill Kit 2A 5 2A 3 2 CO Cylinder Connection Package 2A 7 2A 3 3 Manual Outlet Valve Package 2A 7 2A 3 4 In Line Filter Package 2A 8 2A 4 Temperature and Pressure Controls 2A 10 2A 4 1 Cylinder Insulating Cover 2A 10 2A 4 2 Cooling Heating 2A 11 2A 4 3 Back Pressure Regulation 2A 13 2A 5 Nitrogen Purge ssi nn eht bake ok E Re 2A 14 2A 6 Optional Kits and 2A 15 2A 6 1 LabView Pump Controller 2A 15 QA 4 Optional Seals Ga kuu yu 2A 16 2A 8 Optional Accessories 2A 17 Section 2B 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 281 Introduction ce ands abd Sa GUE 2B 1 2B 2 Liquid System Connections 2B 2 2B 2 1 Porte u RE En SE RR EN
8. 1 3 1 3 100DM Technical Specifications 1 4 1 4 100DX Technical Specifications 1 5 1 5 260D Technical Specifications 1 6 1 6 500D Technical Specifications 1 7 1 7 1000D Technical Specifications 1 8 1 8 Pump Controller Key Functions 1 11 1 9 Pump Controller Front Panel Label 1 12 1 10 Pump Controller Rear Panel Connectors 1 13 1 11 Pump Rear Panel Connectors 1 14 1 12 Pump Front Panel 1 15 2A 1 Manual Refill Kit Package 2A 5 2A 2 Cylinder Connection Package 2A 7 2A 3 Manual Outlet Valve Package 2A 7 2A 4 Optional in line Filter Package 2A 9 2A 5 Packages and Parts ase Er ek Reeds Dar rade 2A 12 2A 6 Seal Selection Chart 2A 16 2A 7 Optional Accessories 2A 17 2B 1 500D Accessory Package 2B 3 2B 2 Refill Kit Package
9. 2B 4 2B 3 Refill kit installation on the 5000 pump 2B 5 2B 4 500D pump outlet valve package installation 2B 7 2B 5 500D cylinder insulation cover 2B 8 2B 6 Purge connector installation 2B 9 2C 1 Liquid system plumbing connections for the 1000D pump 2C 2 2C 2 Drain tube installation 2C 4 2 8 1000 wash fluid connections 2C 5 2D 1 Liquid system plumbing connections 2D 2 2D 2 Drain tube installation 2D 2 2D 3 Cylinder insulation cover 2D 3 2D 4 Cooling Heating jacket installed 2D 5 2D 5 Purge connector installation 2D 7 Main MENU tn et Sey PME Eas EE Gad Oe eye aed WEN QS 3 3 9 2 Units MEDU nn tram a REC eee ath nn ee ER Rus e SE ee hr 3 4 3 9 Refill menu s uq ced er wee Me Vas ERD AN ae 3 5 3 4 Display contrast menu 3 7 3 5 Serial option menu 3 7 3 6 Second Menu en me Pe he ls OSE en 3 12 Limits meni us ss an ln a Be eae ace 3 14 3 8 Limits setp
10. 1 9 1 4 1000D flow rate range 1 10 1 5 Pump controller key functions 1 12 1 6 Pump controller rear panel connectors 1 13 1 7 Pump rear panel connectors 1 14 1 8 Pump front panel controls 1 15 1 9 Stat s Screen ce eR vA RE eR eS nennen 1 17 2A 1 Liquid system plumbing connections 2A 2 24 2 Accessory package installation 2A 4 2A 3 Drain tube installation 2A 5 2A 4 Refill kit installation 2A 6 2A 5 package installation 2A 7 2A 6 Outlet valve package connection 2A 8 2A 7 In line filter package 2A 9 2A 8 Cylinder insulation cover 2A 10 2A 9 Cooling Heating jacket installed 24 12 2A 10 Back pressure regulator 2A 14 2 11 Purge connector installation 2A 15 2B 1 Liquid system plumbing connections for the 500D pump 2B 2 2B 2 Drain tube installation
11. A 27 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts PART NUMBER DESCR IPT 69 1244 415 ESS UNIVERSAL SENSOR 60 2254 132 TOR BRUSHES PKG OF 2 60 1244 184 TOR ASSY 60 5363 068 DAPTER F250C MALE TO F250C MALE 460 0101 19 DUCER 0 30K PSI SST FOR 65HP ONLY 2 6 0329 00 NG CYLINDER 1243 938 PANEL LABEL FOR 65HP ONLY OTE 1 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Teledyne Isco Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 28 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 6 65DM REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 650 SYRINGE PUMP A 29 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 65DM SYRINGE PUMP A 30 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 65DM SYRINGE PUMP A 31 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 65DM SYRINGE PUMP D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 65DM SYRINGE PUMP gt SLAY N 7 4 RYO A JAUX rit A 33 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 69DM SYRINGE PUMP A 34 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts
12. 1 10 1 5 Pump controller key functions 1 12 1 6 Pump controller rear panel connectors 1 13 1 7 Pump rear panel connectors 1 14 1 8 Pump front panel controls 1 15 1 9 Status Screen snarf met a mad ee ee RUE T 1 17 2A 1 Liquid system plumbing connections 2A 2 2A 2 Accessory package installation 2A 4 2A 3 Drain tube installation 2A 5 2A 4 Refill kit installation 2A 6 2A 5 CO package installation 2A 7 2A 6 Outlet valve package connection 2A 8 2A 7 In line filter package 2A 9 2A 8 Cylinder insulation cover 2A 10 2A 9 Cooling Heating jacket installed 2A 12 2A 10 Back pressure regulator 2A 14 2 11 Purge connector installation 2A 15 2B 1 Liquid system plumbing connections for the 5000 pump 2B 2 2B 2 Drain tube installation 2B 4 2B 3 Refill kit installation on the 500
13. System flow rate multi pump displays Pump A for other modes Units Liters minute 10E10 Resolution 0 1 nanoliter minute Figure 6 4 Get All Status String 6 17 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 5 2 Gradient Download Command 6 5 3 Gradient Upload Commands Step Number 01 This command downloads a step from the D series pump to the PC This command will respond with PROBLEM INVALID COMMAND if the file or step does not exist If the file and step is valid the controller will respond as shown in Figures 6 5 and 6 6 These commands upload a step from the PC to the D series pump This command will respond with PROBLEM INVALID COMMAND if the file or step does not exist If the file and step is valid the controller will respond as shown in Figures 6 7 and 6 8 Figure 6 9 shows an example of a pressure programming upload command Gradient upload commands must follow the format shown in the figures below Where necessary leading and trailing zeros must be included so that the numerical values are represented properly Also note that the single pump gradient commands include spaces in the command string LGDL F xx S 01 FL xxx xxxx I File 01 99 Step Numbers 02 through 99 E Gradient Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Initial Gradient Percent
14. 2B 5 2B 3 500D Optional Accessories 2B 10 2D 1 Cooling Heating Jacket Package 2D 5 3 1 Key functions in the Multi pump Mode 3 10 3 2 Analog Output Options connections to female 25 pin Sub D 3 21 5 1 Replacement Shear Keys 5 10 6 1 External control connector serial pin connections 6 2 6 2 Example of BASIC program to demonstrate conversion of pump commands to DASNET frames 6 4 6 3 Example of C program to demonstrate conversion of pump commands to DASNET frames 6 5 6 4 Serial Commands 6 12 6 5 Error Messages nu u e eier a daad ca 6 23 7 1 Manual Refill Valve Kits 7 1 7 2 Manual Outlet Valve Kits 7 2 1 3 Swaging Detail ua an ted nee ane a Ras aa ae 7 2 8 1 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Check Valves 8 2 8 2 Continuous Flow Check Valve Package for 100D 260D 500D part 68 1247 059 8 6 8 3 Continuous Flow Check Valve Package for 1000D part 68 1247 128 8 7 8 4 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Air Valves 8 8 8 5 Continuous
15. Eek Ere m es EES mess 52 mn 5 EE ia 2 LRU 25820 7907 pay CE R25 cs M Pe nH L 41 Rag wo R22 R26 fe EL mn s ape EE ame m EEE es 5 gu ECC gt R7 CICIRE mo CI un 88 cus uns um EI mr cnm 1 1 p EARED ow m E 1 Be Corns mt qm Gree tes P103 AB 025 R104 FL 4 nas 17 L CUS RS ying M H02 RM 5 4 1 i6 1 Ha 13 Hp ung T D E H108 ELS SE CR 7 P116 A If tu 8 i Cees e pu 136 Eu Lp va CT roe A LA a 1108 Ge dti 2 m LM Tes Colle LIN cao OA 11 RIA TPH5 pu L2 JP112 e 7 Sn 5 iss 45 Emp 39 E cwm XW m Em am FL 9 cS u PI08 u PI08 P107 ous n GEJ a gu 04 Tos 03 m pns E Vans u One me Pil RIS ind js em vao CICH3 m 1 1 7P1227P133 Or Orns a a R128 O Com zi uU 5 ss 2542 Ss a I M Pm 5855 25 58 2L Lose n l nd n og LA pes mi 2 uU LI SU mis 135 C157 C158 77136 4 rei pom TP x H103 9 9202696369 05 02 03
16. 8 8 8 5 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Electric Valves 8 13 8 6 Accessory Control Digital Outputs 8 16 9 1 Modifier Addition Kit 9 2
17. P1x 601242498 2 Pix 601242498_ 3 eps Pix 601242498_ 4 eps 601242498 5 eps Pix 601242498_ 6 eps Pix 601242498 7a eps Pix 601242498_ 7b eps Pix 601242498_ 8 Pix 601242498_ 9 eps Pix 601242498_10 eps Pix 601242498_11 eps Pix 601242498_12 eps Pix 601242498_13 eps Pix 601242348_J_l eps Pix 601242348_J_2 eps Pix 601242348_J_3 eps Pix 601242345_F_l eps Pix 601242345_F_2 eps Pix 601242345_F_3 eps Pix 1242275 eps Pix 1242275A eps Pix 3932002a eps Pix 3932002r eps Pix 601242337_C_l eps Pix 601242337_C_2 eps Pix 601242867_B_l eps Pix 601242867_B_2 eps JPix ECR 080094 601242227 E l eps JPix ECR 080094 601242227 E 2 eps Pix ECR_080094 601242404_A1000D_RPL_1 eps Pix ECR_080094 601242404_A1000D_RPL_2 eps Pix ECR_080094 601242334_B_1 eps JPix ECR 080094 601242334 B 2 eps Pix 601242239_D_1 eps Pix 601242239_D_2 eps Pix ECR_080094 605362011_1 eps Pix ECR_080094 605362011_2 eps Pix 60 1242 249 C l eps Pix 60 1242 249 C 2 eps Pix 60 1243 928 hazmat pdf Pix 601242327 E pdf Pix 601242328 J Shared Files Warranty_Foreword StandardOneYearWarranty pdf 1 1 D Series Syringe Pump 500D shown 1 1 1 2 260D flow rate range 1 9 1 3 500D flow rate range
18. VALVE PRESWAGED PUMP 2 EACH CONNECTION TUBING INLET TEE 2 9 CHECKVALVE 71 __ NET CUSTOMER RESERVOIR MOUNTING PLATE MET ACTUATOR I TO CONTROLLER AIR TUBII rors a EH RED WRES 15 TO VALVE OMO AUN A IN E Jf D a 19 our v Jf 2 AD ro one Eu NL 8 OUT ACCESSORY mm DIGITAL 445 DIGITAL DIGITAL ANALOG INPUT GROUND OUTPUT INPUT 5 TR 0 10 N 123 34ls 6 123 BRACKET J N PANHEAD IR OO looo Y SCREWS SUPPLY Q 2 OF 4 2 CONTROLLER C c REAR PANEL Figure 8 3 Air valve installation for 65DM 100DM DX 260D and 500D pumps Outlet Mounting plate Pressure transducer cap Cylinder head D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation TOP VIEW
19. 209 9012 17 In line solvent filter with replacement frit 0 5 micron filter 209 0094 07 Zero volume 46 valve nut 209 0094 08 Zero volume 146 valve ferrule To install the in line 1 Attach the reducing adapter included with your pump filter package accessory package to the pump outlet using the nut and Figure 2A 7 ferrule provided Or connect to the reducing union of the outlet valve package 2 Attach the Ne 1 5 m length of tubing to the reducing adapter Cut to the desired length 3 Then attach the in line filter to the end of the tubing The flow direction is indicated on the filter body 4 Connect the remaining 0 3 m length of tubing between the in line filter and the receiving device Cut to the desired length 1 5 m Tubing Length In line Filter 0 3 m Tubing Length Figure 2A 7 In line filter package 2A 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 4 Temperature and Pressure Controls 2A 4 1 Cylinder Insulating An optional insulation cover P N 68 1247 081 for Cover 260D 100DM DX 68 1247 085 for 500D is available to reduce noise due to temperature fluctuations and also improve pump performance at flow rates under 500 pl min The cover consists of two pieces which fit over the cylinder as shown in Figure 2A 8 Notches for tubing Side Latches Notch for cable
20. Figure 8 4 Air valve installation for 1000D pump ACCESSORY DIGITAL DIGITAL GROUND OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT A B 1234 56 0 10V 1234 2 OO OOAD Air tubing to To Controller valve 8 Red 15V Or ST 381 2 i valve x E B out 09 our AL j ag BN j les t a EH u SFX 220 VALVES en ANALOG OUTPUT man RS 232 Inlet from 1225 0201 reservoir I IT Air Supply CONTROLLER REAR PANEL D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation Outlet IL TE Pressure transducer 2 Cylinder head 2 ____ TOP VIEW e e Valve 2 Tee fitting 2 Air tubing To Controller to valve 8 Red 15 ORO 15 Al ol A 15
21. o p 1 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 260D Flow Rate Range 107 100 80 704 60 50 401 Flow Rate ml min 30 20 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 Pressure bar 517 1 Flow Rate ml min Max Pressure bar 0 to 90 517 1 90 to 107 107 23 ml min flow rate x 30 Figure 1 2 260D flow rate range 500D Flow Rate Range 204 200 180 1 d 160 140 120 100 80 60 Flow Rate ml min 40 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 Pressure bar 258 6 Flow Rate ml min Max Pressure bar Oto 170 258 6 170 to 204 204 9 ml min flow rate x 7 4 Figure 1 3 500D flow rate range 1 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 4 3 08 425 1000D Flow Rate Range 400 375 350 Flow Rate ml min 325 300 275 250 225 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Pressure bar 137 9 Flow Rate ml min Max Pressure bar 0 to 340 137 9 340 to 408 409 8 ml min flow rate x 1 9756 Figur
22. D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST P 65DM SYRINGE PUM D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts 65DM SYRINGE PUMP REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST A 37 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts 000 31998 Y Y 1155 Y Y N011938 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 65DM SYRINGE PUMP A 38 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 65DM SYRINGE PUMP A 39 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET 11 OF 1 TELEDYNE ISCO REV A PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 201 133 1 00 BEARING VERIFY PARTE WITH ISCO SERVICE DEPT 201 0329 00 EARING CYLINDER 69 1243 563 XTENDED WORM GEAR 150 0006 0 RAKE FAILSAFE REVERSE 24V 25 BORE 60 243 6 EAR TRAIN KEY 69 1243 56 PUR GEAR 69 1243 80 COMBINATION GEAR 201 4299 02 THRUST BALL BEARING INDIVIDUAL ORDER 2 EA 1243 624 BEARING RETAINING RING 1248 127 IBALL SCREW ASSY 1243 348 SLIDE THRUST BEARING 1248 116 BALL NUT ASSY 1244 415 HARNESS UNIVERSAL SENSOR 6097 00 SLOTTED HE UT 1 2 20 STEEL ST WASHER 1 1 4 6299 02 ST BEARING 1 1 4 6299 51 ST WASH
23. 10 Micron filter Appropriate Stainless steel tubing tube fittings and unions also included 60 1248 053 Cooling heating jacket assembly 490 0031 54 382 socket screw key 1 60 1242 183 Installation procedure 2 202 2062 23 209 0098 05 O ring 1 609 ID 2 way thru valve le OD 60 2253 209 Standard check valve housing 1 1 60 3864 010 60 1243 516 Check valve cartridge Single check valve housing Appropriate nuts ferrules tubing and tube fittings also included 60 1243 659 Valve spacer 209 0098 05 2 way thru valve 18 OD bracket mounted 023 0504 02 1 5 m 0 065 ID PTFE tubing 60 1243 658 Inlet valve tubing le 209 0161 66 Nut 16 209 0161 67 Ferrule 18 tubing 209 9012 10 10 micron filter 60 1243 391 1 5 m coiled Stainless steel tubing 0 125 OD x 0 069 ID 2A 18 Appropriate screws and washers also included D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories Table 2A 7 Optional Accessories Continued Part Number Description 209 0098 05 2 way thru valve le OD 60 1243 516 Single check valve housing 60 3864 010 Check valve cartridge 60 1244 245 Check valve stand assembly 209 0166 09 3 1 ul static mixer with fittings Appropriate nuts ferrules tubing and tube fittings a
24. ON R WPERZN amp RETAINER ETAINING NG _ PUSH TUBE ROD a FIGURE B FIGURE C BACK UP RING ONLY ON 65D Model 1000D Refer to Replacement Parts Listing 60 1242 347 Figure 5 2 Break in procedure for aqueous seals 5 6 5 3 3 All other piston seals 5 3 4 The Wiper Seal 5 3 5 To reinstall the wiper 5 4 Wear Ring Cleaning and Replacement To replace the wear ring D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair Access the piston seal as previously described Orient a new seal so that the spring in the seal is facing up Slide the seal onto the piston re ge P w Replace the piston seal retainer Although the wiper seal does not normally have to be changed periodic cleaning is advisable 1 Access the cylinder as described previously 2 Locate the piston Figure 5 2 3 Insert a round 18 diameter steel bar or tool of some sort into the round hole on the side of the piston 4 Use the tool to twist the piston loose then unscrew it by hand 5 Remove the retaining ring and wiper retainer then lift off the wiper seal Being careful not to scratch any sealing sur faces gently break free any solids from the seal and piston Rinse all the solids away with distilled water 1 Install the piston seal onto the retainer with the spring ori ented towards the retainer 2 Install the wiper seal onto the piston base with the spring oriented towards the p
25. Clear the last digit entered from the numeric key MENU Accesses software to set operational modes units and other optional parameters HELP HOLD Provides information Freezes the program clock The unit will continue at the current gradient parameters REFILL Turns on pump drive motor to move piston downward at a rate previously programmed RUN Turns on pump drive motor to move piston upward in a previously pro grammed mode such as CONSTANT FLOW or CONSTANT PRESSURE ENTER Stops the drive motor Enters selected values to memory NUMBER KEYS These keys are used to make menu selections and enter values when setting parameters D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 1 2 Controls and Indicators D SERIES PUMP CONTROLLER gt B CONST PRESS LIMITS CONST RAPID STANDBY FLOW PRESS ACC CTRL The pump controller which is designed to conveniently sit on top of the pump base regulates all pumping functions Controller input is made through the keypad on the controller front panel The controller front panel is shown in Figure 1 5 and detailed in Table 1 9 Table 1 8 details the key functions The rear panel of the pump controller contains several input and output connectors detailed in Table 1 10 and shown in Figure 1 6 The only operational control on the pump itself is the mains power switch shown in Figure 1 8 The rear panel contai
26. MUR1515 DIO 1 5401 400 0914 00 101 DIO 1N914 400 2152 22 102 CR103 107 DIO 1 5242 401 0008 00 109 KBU8D 401 0150 00 110 CRII2 CR115 402 0237 00 0103 0105 DIO 1 5060 5 2N3702 402 0257 01 ano 011 XSTR 2 5704 402 0640 00 0106 0108 XSTR IRF641 402 0964 00 0107 0109 XSTR IRF9641 402 1000 50 0101 0102 0104 XSTR 50 411 0311 42 FUSE 75A 411 0311 56 FUSE 1 5 T 411 0312 70 FUSE 4A T 411 0322 75 FUSE 5A FAST BLO 65HP 500HP PUMP ONLY NOTE This list subject to change without notice A 44 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT DWG NO 60 1242 348 PART LIST POWER SHEET 3 OF 3 TELEDYNE ISCO Inc CIRCUIT BOARD REV J DATE 1031 PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 409 9006 00 WSHR NYL DF137A 409 9005 03 INSUL SLCON 70220 279 0601 04 0105 0106 IC H74A1 400 2152 08 CR116 CR117 DIO 1N5234B 402 9270 00 012 0115 XSTR 2N7000 270 0474 01 U107 74HC14 170 1000 15 Y101 XTAL SG 531 1 8432 MHz 12 6010 00 C135 C138 CAP 10UF 25V TANT 60 1245 151 U108 CODED PUMP ID CHIP 60 1245 152 U108 CODED PUMP ID CHIP 100DM DED PUMP ID CHIP 100DX P P P 65D 65HP DED PUMP ID CHIP 260D DED PUMP ID CHIP 500D DED PUMP ID CHIP 1000D SPST X 4 500HP PUMP ONLY DED PUMP 260 DED PUMP
27. Na 60 1242 230 SHEET 2 OF 2 Isco Inc REV D DATE 110311 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 209 0169 27 NUT 209 0169 41 FERRULE 60 1243 517 DOUBLE CHECK VALVE HOUSING 209 0161 01 MALE CONNECTOR 209 0161 56 1 8 UNION TEE 209 0169 42 TUBING REDUCER CONNECTOR 1 60 2258 019 NUT ASSEMBLY T 1 12 209 0169 81 UBING NUT 13 209 0169 80 FILTER Note 1 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Service Department 800 228 4250 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 66 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 17 Dual Check Valve Package for 1000D XE c cH Dir OL E 0 59 lt REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DUAL CHECK VALVE PKG 10000 A 67 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET 2 OF 2 TELEDYNE ISCO INC PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 63 36 11 4 NPT TO 1 4 TBG SST MALE CONN 64 06 CHECK VALVE W FITTINGS CSWAGELOK 68 15 1 4 SST TBG TEE W FITTING SWAGELOK 63 68 1 4 SST FRONT IBG FERRULE SWAGELOK 63 69 1 4 SST BACK TBG FERRULE SWAGELOK 69 66 11 4 OD TUBING NUT SWAGELOK
28. Network Controller and Master Unit 0 5D CR M Note A CR must start the network The controller is checking for the presence of unit 1 but will get no response in 200 ms because there is no unit 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Network Controller and Master Unit 0 IR 5D CR Still no response Network Controller and Master Unit 0 IR 5D CR Still no response so unit 1 will be dropped from the poll Network Controller and Master Unit 0 2R 5C CR Checks for unit 2 but will get no response in 200 ms because there is no unit 2 Network Controller and Master Unit 0 2R 5C CR Still no response Network Controller and Master Unit 0 2R 5C CR Still no response so unit 2 will be dropped from the poll In this way units 3 5 will be checked and dropped from the poll Network Controller and Master Unit 0 6R 58 CR Check for presence of unit 6 Unit 6 8E CR Unit 6 responds Network Controller and Master Unit 0 57 CR Since unit 7 does not exist it will be dropped from the polling scheme Network Controller and Master Unit 0 6ROO8IDENTIFY 84 CR The master verifies the fact that unit 6 is Model In this example the master and the network controller are a single unit If they were separate units the master would send the inquiry to the network controller then the network controller would send the message to the slave unit the next time it is polled The slave would resp
29. Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix 500D tif 170 dpi Pix 260Dflow eps JPix 500Dflow eps Pix 1000DFlow eps P1x 691243429 Pix 1242193 eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix 1242306 eps Pix 1242302 PLT eps Pix Fig1 8 eps Pix 1242194 PLT eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix 1242230 PLT eps Pix Fig2A 3 tif 170 dpi JPix 1242124 eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix 1242197 eps JPix 1242125 eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Fig2A 7lite tif 170 dpi Pix InsulSlv tif 170 dpi JPix 1242308 PL T eps Pix BackFlowReg1 tif 170 dpi Pix 1242323 eps Pix 1242199 PLT eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Fig2A 3 tif 170 dpi Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix 1242312 PLT eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix 1242313 eps Pix InsulSlv tif 170 dpi Pix 1242323 eps Pix 1242199 PLT eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Drain Tube tif 170 dpi Pix 1000Wash eps Pix 1242194 PLT eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Fig2A 3 tif 170 dpi Pix InsulSlv tif 170 dpi Pix 1242308 PLT eps Pix 1242323 eps Pix Lineone eps Pix Line2 eps Pix Line3 eps Pix mainmenu 3 eps Pix Unitsmenu eps Pix Refillmenu eps Pix Displaycontmenu eps Pix Serialopmenu eps Pix Menu eps Pix Limitsmenu eps Pix ThreeA eps Pix 1243621 eps Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS
30. WEIGHT PUMP CONTROLLER 32 8 kg 2 96 kg FLOW RATE RANGE FLOW RATE ACCURACY See Figure 1 2 0 5 maximum 0 50 ul min seal leakage FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION 1 0 ul min ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION 16 63 nl REFILL TIME REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE PRESSURE RANGE 2 5 minutes 1 0 ul min to 107 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 517 1 bar 0 6895 to 517 1 bar PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature PRESSURE REPEATABILITY 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT 0 25 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE TEMPERATURE DRIFT 6 895 kPa 5 to 40 C 0 15 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 266 05 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 2 10 0 020 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE fF Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure e
31. stainless steel tubing to each inlet port on the mixer Connect the other ends to the outlet fittings of the check valve assemblies 5 Connect the two check valve inlets to the outlets of the in line filters with the 12 7 cm lengths of tubing 6 Press the check valves into the clips on the stand as shown below oriented with flow in the upward direction indi cated by the arrow on the housing D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes OUTLET 1 8 OD X 0 069 ID SST TUBING OUTLET C from INLET refill kit VALVE A from refill kit 1 8 TO 1 16 REDUCER 1 8 OD X 0 085 ID PTFE TUBING FILL RESERVOIR 10u FILTER MIXER CHECK VALVES 1 16 OD X 0 020 ID SST TUBING INLINE VALVE STAND FILTER Figure 7 3 Dual gradient system connections Inlet valves A amp C are from refill valve kits Close up of mixer assembly Close up of C214W valve stand VALCO VALVE Close up of in line filter 1 16 OD X 0 005 X 10CM SS TUBING P N 60 1243 443 UPCHURCH MIXER P N 209 0166 09 1 16 OD X 0 020 ID BIN Figure 7 4 Dual gradient connections Detail 7 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 7 3 Single Pump Gradient A single pump gradient program is based on either pressure or Programming flow
32. 6 7 Gradient Upload Commands Single pump flow gradient 6 20 6 8 Gradient Upload Commands Two pump flow gradient 6 21 6 9 Upload Commands Single pump pressure programming 6 22 6 10 Range Serial Commands 6 22 7 1 Pump inlet connections 7 4 7 2 Pump outlet connections 7 5 7 3 Dual gradient system connections Inlet valves amp C are from refill valve kits 7 7 7 4 Dual gradient connections Detail 7 7 8 1 Check valve package installation 65DM 100D 265D 500D pumps 8 5 8 2 Check valve package installation 10000 pump 8 7 8 3 Air valve installation for 65DM 100DM DX 260D and 500D pumps 8 10 8 4 Air valve installation for 1000D pump 8 11 8 5 Air valve installation for 65D pump 8 12 8 6 Electric valve installation 8 15 9 1 Modifier addition kit installation 9 4 9 2 Two pump modifier system 9 6 1 1 65D Technical Specifications 1 2 1 2 65DM Technical Specifications
33. 842 ANALOG OUTPUT CIRCUIT BOARD A 51 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT A A OG OU DWG NO 60 1242 275 PART LIST y SHEET 2 OF 2 CIRCUI OA REV DATE 92050 IT EN PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 301 112 6010 00 C307 C308 10uF 25VDC 502 141 9002 26 J321 SKT 25 PIN SUB D RA 303 270 1600 27 0501 0302 AD7237 NOTE 1 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Service Department 800 228 4250 2 This list subject to change without notice A 52 A 1 10 Interface Circuit Board D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts Lo C210 CR215 R217 R219
34. Gm Lt ANALOG OUTPUT um BRACKET PANHEAD SCREWS sas 2 OF 4 FRONT VIEW Figure 8 6 Electric valve installation CONTROLLER EXTRACTOR CONNECTOR CONTROLLER REAR PANEL ACCESSORY DIGITAL DIGITAL 15 GROUND DIGITAL OUTPUT 22 8 15 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 5 User Supplied Valves 8 16 Users may also choose to supply their own valves The following information is necessary to choose the appropriate valves to work with Teledyne Isco Continuous Flow software Check valves Do not use spring loaded check valves if refilling at atmospheric pressure the pump seals are not designed to draw against a vacuum The balls in Teledyne Isco check valves are closed by gravity Powered valves These are electrically triggered from the pump controller and could be air or electrically actuated Digital outputs 1 4 provide signals for control of four two way valves One wire for each valve is connected to its specific connector on the rear of the controller A second wire for each valve connects to ground The signal provided is an open collector which functions as a switch open for closure of the fluid path A switch closure low signals opening of the fluid path Table 8 6 presents the relationship between the digital output pump valve location and the fluid pa
35. It is important that the cooling jacket be installed with the lock ing set screw away from the cylinder cap 4 Be careful not to damage the O rings when pushing them over the threads of the cylinder 2D 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories Reassembling the pump 1 Place the cylinder cooling jacket assembly over the piston and push rod assembly 2 Screw the assembly into the cylinder housing until the cyl inder no longer turns This indicates that it is snug against the piston 3 Unscrew the cylinder a minimum of turn 4 Line the inlet and outlet cylinder cap ports up as you had them before Turn the cooling jacket ports to the desired location and lock the cooling jacket to the cylinder by tight ening the cooling jacket lock set screw 5 Lock the cylinder by tightening the cylinder locking screw 6 Replace the front cover and adjust both covers so they are flush with the cylinder housing 7 Reinstall tubing 8 Reconnect the pump pressure transducer cable 2D 4 Nitrogen Purge A thin film of liquid will wet the inside of the cylinder each time the piston travels up the cylinder Corrosive liquids drying in the air can cause the cylinder to corrode This corrosion occurs at varying rates based on the liquids and pumping conditions being employed The lowest flow rate engenders the most corrosive pumping environment as the deposited film has the longest ti
36. a computer can function as both a network controller and a master All data transfers are in a frame format When the network con troller polls an instrument it will start to respond within 200 ms If it does not reply it will be polled again If after three attempts at polling it does not reply it will be dropped from the polling rotation When the instrument does respond the polling rotation does not advance until an error free transfer has occurred The frame format for data transfers from the network controller is as follows destination acknowledgement message source length message checksum CR e The destination is the 1 digit unit identification number of the instrument to receive the message Acknowledgment is one character to indicate the success of the previous transmission There are three possibilities 1 E means error resend the message immediately E is sent by the network controller only Other units signify errors by not replying causing the controller to resend the message 2 B means busy resend message at next poll 3 R signifies previous message was received Message source is the unit ID of the unit that origi nated the message If there is no message this location is a space 20H e Length is the length of the message in 2 digit hexadecimal format Maximum length is 256 with 256 being represented by a 00 This field is eliminated if there are no messages Message field
37. 0 3 maximum 0 25 seal leakage FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION 0 01 ul min 1 0 in Constant Pressure Mode ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION 2 55 nl REFILL TIME REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE PRESSURE RANGE 1 7 minutes 0 01 ul min to 40 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 1379 bar 0 6895 to 1379 bar PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature PRESSURE REPEATABILITY 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT 0 25 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE TEMPERATURE DRIFT 6 895 kPa 5 to 40 C 0 015 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 67 97 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 1 30 0 020 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE fF Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure e Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shut
38. 0008 40001 0005 0 4092 0001 11159 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SINGLE ELECTRIC VALVE PACKAGE A 57 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST PART NUMBER DWG NO 60 1242 867 SHEET 2 OF 2 REV DATE 110311 DESCRIPTION NO 1 60 3934 002 MOTOR CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY 2 60 3934 012 MOTOR ASSY W ER 209 0169 44 GLAND NUT 1 8 TUBING SSI 60 1245 757 TEE 1 8 TUBING INCLUDES ITEMS 3 amp 5 20901653 FERRULE 1 8 ID HASTELLOY SSI 60 1243 827 60 3933 061 TUBING 1 8 OD 1 4 X 1 9 COUPLING SHIELD 60 3933 010 SPIDER 209 0169 10 209 0169 11 FRONT FERRULE 1 8 ID FOR 500D VALVE PKG BACK FERRULE 1 8 ID FOR 500D VALVE PKG 209 0170 04 FITTING NUT 1 8 TUBING FOR 500D VALVE PKG 60 1243 742 TUBING 1 8 OD 1 4 X 2 2 FOR 500D VALVE PKG 209 0163 60 FERRULE 1 8 ID FOR 100D 260D VALVE PKG NUT 1 8 TUBING FOR 100D 260D VALVE PKG 1 4 4 209 0169 2 1245 741 60 1243 557 TUBING 1 8 OD 1 4X3 4 FOR 100D 260D VALVE PKG 6 7 60 18 60 1248 157 NUT ASSY 9 TUBING TEFLON 085 ID 60 INCHES LONG 20 209 0169 81 MALE NUT 1 8 TUBING 21 2 5 209 0169 80 69 1244 348 FILTER 10 MICRON 2 60 1244 312 MAIN HARNESS 2 SENSOR CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY NOTE 1 This list is s
39. 1 Pressure outputs Two red binding post banana jacks providing pressure output voltages Pump Left Jack Right Jack VDC psi VDC psi 65D 1 0 V 2000 psi 0 1 V 2000 psi All others 1 0 V 1000 psi 0 1 V 1000 psi Ground A black binding post banana jack providing a connection to circuit common Pressure transducer pressure transducer cable must be plugged in for the pump to operate Control cable This cable connects the pump to the controller Mains IEC power connector with EMI filter Fuses Limits pump current drawn from main power supply Replace with same type T time delay fuses 1 2 0 Amp for 100 117 volt operation 2 1 0 Amp for 234 volt operation To remove rotate cap counterclockwise Chassis ground Ground point for high static installations Fuses not replaceable F101 4 0 Amp T by the operator F102 F104 1 5 Amp T F103 0 75 Amp T D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction DWG 60 1242 302 Figure 1 8 Pump front panel controls Table 1 12 Pump Front Panel Item No on Connector Description Figure 1 8 1 Mains power switch Disconnects power from the pump circuits for setup changes such as connecting the controller 1 mains power is applied to the pump circuitry 0 mains power is removed from the pump circuitry D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 1 3 Unpacking 1 4 Electrical Connections Afte
40. 2A 3 3 In line filter package 2A 3 4 Temperature and Pressure Controls section 2A 4 Cylinder insulating cover 2A 4 1 Cooling jacket package 2A 4 2 Back pressure regulators 2A 4 3 Nitrogen Purge section 2A 5 Optional Kits and Instrumentation section 2A 6 Optional Seal Selection section 2A 7 Optional Accessories section 2A 8 The following section provides general information concerning syringe pumps some tips about liquid connections and infor mation about tubing and tubing cutting procedures The accessory package is also discussed There are two ports in the pump cylinder cap Either port can serve as the inlet or outlet As shown in Figure 2A 1 you may plug one port and use a single port as both the inlet and outlet Pressure Nut amp Ferrule D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 2600 Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 2 2 Installation Tips 2A 2 3 Tubing Cutting To cut the tubing by hand Be sure to keep the tubing as straight as possible at the end as this will make it easier to install the ferrules Be sure to cut the ends of the tubing squarely Don t leave burrs on the ends of the tubing When installing ferrules on the tubing be sure the tubing extends beyond the ferrule to allow for proper crimping e Ifthe connection is leaking retighten fittings Push the tubing completely into the port before tight
41. 2B 8 2D 4 cylinder insulating cover 2A 10 2B 7 2D 3 in line filter package 2A 8 LabView software 2A 15 manual control 3 16 nitrogen purge 2A 14 2B 8 2C 4 2D 6 outlet valve package 2A 7 2B 6 refill kit 2A 5 2B 4 Valco fittings 2A 4 Air valve package 8 8 Alarms poor fill 3 12 pressure limits 3 15 Analog output option 3 19 Automatic refill 3 5 B Back pressure regulation 2A 13 Baud rate 3 7 Calibrating pressure 3 12 Check valve package 8 2 CO cylinder connection package 2A 7 Commands serial 6 12 Connections see electrical connections or see liquid connections Constant flow mode 3 18 Constant pressure mode 3 18 Contact Service Department 5 2 Continuous flow 8 1 accessories 8 20 air valves 8 8 check valves 8 2 electric valve interface 4 6 electric valves 8 13 features 8 18 8 19 operation 8 17 remote start stop 8 19 software 8 16 specifications 8 2 8 8 8 13 tips 8 18 Controller front panel label 1 12 keypad 3 13 operation 4 1 rear panel connectors 1 13 Cooling heating jacket 2A 11 2B 8 2D 4 Corrosion prevention 2A 14 2B 8 2C 4 2D 6 Cutting tubing 2A 3 2B 2 2C 2 D DASNET protocol 6 3 Diagnostics 3 12 Displays 3 2 programming screens 3 2 reading the run screen 3 2 setting the contrast 3 7 Drain tube 2A 4 2B 3 2C 4 2D 2 E Electric valve package 8 13 Electrical connections 1 16 analog control 3 9 controller 1 13 pump 1 1
42. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE TEMPERATURE DRIFT 6 895 kPa 5 to 40 C 0 12 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 67 97 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 1 30 0 020 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all D Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure e Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shutoff and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings 1 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 3 100DM Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSIONS PUMP CONTROLLER 27 18 cm 27 18 cm 46 74 cm 30 48 cm 101 09 cm 13 59 cm Width Depth Height WEIGHT PUMP CONTROLLER 32 8 kg 2 96 kg FLOW RATE RANGE FLOW
43. Installation amp Operation Outlet Tee 1 4 1000D i Connector 2 Check Valve 75 1 4 Conn 4 fx d Plug Inlet Tee 12 Figure 8 2 Check valve package installation 10000 pump Table 8 3 Continuous Flow Check Valve Package for 1000D part 68 1247 128 Part Number Description 004 7302 251 SST tubing 250 x 035 60 1243 893 Valve to pump tubing 209 0163 36 Male connector 1 4 tube OD to 1 4 NPT 209 0164 06 Check Valve w 1 4 tube connections 209 0168 15 Tee union 1 4 tube OD 60 1243 936 2 x 2 SST tubing elbow 8 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 3 Continuous Flow Air Air valves generally open and close faster and are less prone to Valves error and component wear making them suitable for industrial use and other applications where the system will be constantly running however they require a user supplied pressurized air source of 80 to 115 psi 5 5 to 7 9 bar Air Valve Package Numbers A1000 68 1247 104 A500 68 1247 061 A65DM A260 A100M A100X 68 1247 058 A65 68 1247 129 Table 8 4 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Air Valves Pressure fluctuation at switchover 5 psi 0 35 bar at system backpressures from 100 psi 6 9 bar to the single pump maximum Higher fluctuation occurs at pressures below 100 psi 50 76 psi 3 5 b
44. Press A FLOW RATE and enter 5 ml min Press RUN Press STOP when the counter reads 0 30 or less Press A FLOW RATE and enter 1 ml min Press RUN When the counter counts from 000 01 to 000 00 press STOP Lower the upper limit sensor to the point where the flag just interrupts the sensor CYLINDER EMPTY will flash on the screen Tighten the top upper limit mounting screw Turn the controller to STANDBY and disconnect the pres sure cable Screw the cylinder into the cylinder mounting block until the cylinder snugly bottoms against the piston the cylin der will no longer turn Unscrew the cylinder a minimum of turn then line up the inlet and outlet ports as you had them before Lock the cylinder by tightening the locking screw Connect the pressure cable and power cord and turn the controller ON Press the REFILL key Wait until you have access to the second upper limit sensor mounting screw and tighten it Install the covers D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 1 Introduction 6 2 Network Control and The Teledyne Isco D Series pump can be remotely controlled by a computer through a built in RS 232 C serial interface Up to three D Series pump modules can be serially controlled from each D Series controller This function is supported in two ways Teledyne Isco LabView software or by user written software To write software for the D Series pumps you must be f
45. and controlled by either time duration in minutes or rate of change units per minute The controller s memory can contain a total of up to 200 steps One program can contain from 1 to 200 steps When operating in gradient mode any connected pumps not used for gradient are inoperable 1 To access the gradient programming menus press PRGM GRAD select PRESSURE 2 or FLOW 3 and CONTINUE C The home screen will appear with either PG Pressure Gradient or FG Flow Gradient in the upper left corner PGa 0 000mL MIN 2 5 013 28mL STOPPED REE 00 00 00 MIN FINAL PSI PROGRAM EDIT REVIEW OPTION 2 Press PROGRAM A 3 At the prompt enter a file number between 1 and 99 This is the file name of your program and can be the name ofa new program you are creating or a stored program you want to edit or run Press ENTER M Note If a selected stored program is in a different mode than that of the controller selected in Step 1 a brief notification will appear displaying the controllers mode and the file s mode If you attempt to run the program without changing the mode of either it or the controller the program will not run and the same message will be displayed 4 To enter the flow rate for this program either press FLOWRATE A and use the number keys and Enter or for maximum possible flow simply press MAX C ENTER FLOWRATE 0 00000 XX 00000 FLOWRATE PREVIOUS MAX 5 To proceed t
46. display pressure limiting and as feedback for constant pressure regulation Analog pressure output jacks are located on the rear panel of the pump module The two outputs are scaled for ranges of 1 0 volts per 68 95 bar and 0 10 volts per 68 95 bar These outputs are not adjusted by the automatic pressure zero software which affects the pressure display and control at the controller For this reason these outputs will disagree with the controller display by the amount of the offset 4 10 4 5 Automatic Pump Type Indication 4 6 Optical Indicators Piston Travel Limit Sensors Quadrature Motor Angular Position Sensors D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation U108 automatically indicates to the microprocessor which pump type is connected to a given port In addition when the pressure transducer is connected the signal labeled PC 1 pump code 1 is grounded at the pressure amplifier circuit board This indicates its presence to the controller The pump will not operate without the pressure transducer connected An optically coupled interruptible sensor is mounted at each limit of piston travel A mechanical flag blocks the light path ofa sensor when the piston is at the cylinder full or cylinder empty position The optotransistors are connected to pull the limit signals high when the light path is open transistor on When the light is blocked resistors R125 or R126 pull the signal low Additional pull down resistors a
47. e Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shutoff and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings o p 1 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 4 100DX Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSION PUMP 27 18 cm 46 74 cm 101 09 cm CONTROLLER 27 18cm 30 48 cm 13 59 cm Width Depth Height WEIGHT PUMP 32 8 kg CONTROLLER 2 96 kg FLOW RATE RANGE FLOW RATE ACCURACY 0 01 ul min to 50 ml min for any pressure up to 689 5 bar 0 3 maximum 0 25 seal leakage FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION 0 01 ul min 1 0 in Constant Pressure Mode ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION 9 65 nl REFILL TIME REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE PRESSURE RANGE 1 72 minutes 0 01 l min to 60 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 689 5 bar 0 6895 to 689 5 bar PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature PRESSURE REPEATABILITY 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT 0 25 of full scale within
48. ening the nut When connections are made to the cylinder cap the pressure reading may be affected If the pressure no longer reads zero press ZERO PRESSURE on the front panel of the controller to readjust To prevent possible problems it is important to squarely cut the tubing Square ends will be easier to insert through the ferrule and will lower the dead volume It is recommended that electrochemically machined steel tubing be used throughout the plumbing system Electrochemically machined tubing has flat burr free ends for minimum dead volumes and is free of cutting residues Pre cut electrochemi cally machined tubing is available through many chromato graphic supply distributors in assorted lengths A somewhat less desirable alternative is to purchase a tubing cutter designed to handle steel tubing For quick fixes the tubing may also be cut by hand with the fol lowing procedure A jewelers file goggles and two pairs of pliers are necessary for this operation 1 Wear goggles Using a fine jewelers file score the tubing around its entire circumference 2 Secure the tubing with pliers on each side of the score line leaving approximately 1 5 mm between each set of pliers and the score line Care must be taken not to squeeze the tubing too tightly as that will flatten or deform the exterior of the tubing 3 With the pliers bend the tubing back and forth to cause cracking at the score line The bending should be d
49. items such as pH sensors charts ribbon lamps tubing and glassware fittings and wetted parts of valves and damage due to corrosion misuse accident or lack of proper maintenance This warranty does not cover products not sold under the Teledyne Isco trademark or for which any other warranty is specifically stated No item may be returned for warranty service without a return authorization number issued by Teledyne Isco This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties and obligations and Teledyne Isco specifically disclaims any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose The warrantor is Teledyne Isco 4700 Superior Lincoln NE 68504 U S A This warranty applies to the USA and countries where Teledyne Isco does not have an authorized dealer Customers in countries outside the USA where Teledyne Isco has an authorized dealer should contact their Teledyne Isco dealer for warranty service Before returning any instrument for repair please call fax or e mail the Teledyne Isco Service Department for instructions Many problems can often be diagnosed and corrected over the phone or by e mail without returning the instrument to the factory Instruments needing factory repair should be packed carefully and shipped to the attention of the service department Small non fragile items can be sent by insured parcel post PLEASE BE SURE TO ENCLOSE A NOTE EXPLAINING THE PROBLEM Shipping Address Tel
50. may 11 carb substitut evers Annen he mix ur ANE ee gous sol Robert fc t ee sor 0 n plode the three stant equipment ote profes jan poe surrounding in qam Research ould to i 10 one eat ty of Color peddin doing a gr university and much Les often mixed such others of nitro umes larger V vii D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices viii gt CAUTION Avoid spills Liquids associated with this instrument may be classified as carcinogenic biohazardous flammable or radioactive Should these liquids be used it is highly recommended that this application be accomplished in an isolated environment designed for these types of materials in accordance with federal state and local regulatory laws and in compliance with your organization s chemical hygiene plan in the event of a spill In all cases when using Teledyne Isco instrumentation prudence and common sense must be used WARNING Pinch point This symbol warns you that your fingers or hands will sustain serious injury if you place them between the moving parts of the mechanism near this symbol WARNING Avoid hazardous practices If you use this instrument in any way not specified in this manual the protection provided by the instrument may be impaired this will increase your risk of injury gt DE CAUTION Liquids associated with this instrument may be classified as c
51. seal 2 Clean both the piston seal retainer and the cylinder thor oughly Make sure all parts that come into contact with the seal are free of dirt and other solids D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 3 2 Piston Seal Break In Aqueous seals only NOTE DWG 60 1242 325 REV A FIGURE A THE 100D amp 260D PUMPS DO NOT HAVE THESE PARTS 3 Once the seal and cylinder surfaces have been cleaned rinse both parts with isopropyl alcohol The break in procedure is intended only for the UHMWP aqueous piston seal to prevent the spring from bowing out its shape 1 Assemble the piston assembly per Figure 5 2A Be sure to install the top seal on the piston with the spring facing down Slide the cylinder over the piston assembly per Figure 5 2B and allow it to sit for 15 minutes This breaks in the seal for the steps that follow Remove the cylinder 4 Reassemble the top seal with the spring facing up per PISTON SEAL RETAINER A EACH SIDE WIPER amp RETAINING Ww CO PUSH PISTON EAL DOWN BERN RETAINER TUBE ROD Figure 5 2C Install the cylinder over the piston assembly again and screw onto the mounting block Leak test the pump PISTON SEAL RETAINER 2 C2 PISTON SEAL SPRING UP A P HOLE ON EACH SIDE M K WIPE 5
52. shown electrically as L3 is wired in parallel with K101 to allow the pump to hold pressure without motor rotation when the power amplifier is disconnected or the instrument is without power To activate the relay and release the brake the motor enable signal must be pulled low by the controller This signal is series wired through the controller front panel ON STANDBY switch and a transistor switch under control of the micropro cessor This allows both the operator and the microprocessor to disable the motor if either detects a problem 4 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation The motor supply voltage VM is switchable between two levels under control of the microprocessor To allow a greater motor speed dynamic range the motor supply voltage is switched to better match the motor operating speed Motor voltage select relay K102 switches the power rectifier between a half bridge and full bridge configuration to provide two voltage selections which differ by a factor of two The relay is switched to the full bridge configuration above 3000 RPM In constant pressure mode K102 is left in the full bridge high voltage setting at all speeds The motor drive circuit is somewhat electrically isolated from the rest of the instrument except for R123 a 47k ohm resistor between motor common and earth ground The 12 volt supply for the power amplifier logic is referenced to the motor common rather than instrument common This su
53. 1000D 40 582 ml min 500D 20 295 ml min 260D 10 642 ml min 100DM 3 0888 ml min 100DX 6 1776 ml min 65D DM 2 7176 ml min Referring to the components connected to the gate of Q106 two additional circuit functions are present Negative feedback com pensation is provided by R137 in series with C130 They limit the switching speed of Q106 and prevent oscillation A current lim iting circuit consisting of Q111 R112 and R139 limits the current through Q106 to about 6 amps by reducing the gate drive voltage in the same manner described previously for 9107 R118 and Q103 In normal operation when Q106 or Q108 are switched off energy stored by the motor inductance and filter inductors L1 and L2 may maintain current flow until the next drive pulse If current is circulating in this manner through diode CR105 when Q106 is switched on there will be a short delay after current reversal before CR105 turns off Q111 limits the current from the supply VM through CR105 and Q106 while CR105 is in the low impedance state Inductors L1 and L2 with capacitor C1 form a low pass LC filter between the power amplifier and the motor Capacitors C2 C3 and C4 attenuate motor brush electrical noise Relay K101 is switched by the controller and serves to connect the motor to the power amplifier when energized When released it connects R115 across the motor terminals to dissipate energy and brake the motor An electromechanical brake
54. 209 0161 64 2A 3 3 Manual Outlet Valve Package The optional manual outlet valve package is part number 68 1247 078 Table 2A 3 Table 2A 3 Manual Outlet Valve Package P N 68 1247 078 Part Number Description 60 1243 659 Valve spacer 60 1243 322 5 1 cm 0 069 ID stainless steel tubing 209 0169 27 V nut zero volume 209 0169 41 Ferrule zero volume 209 0162 00 le 146 union 209 0098 05 2 way straight valve 60 1243 658 18 OD 0 069 ID stainless steel tubing 60 1243 320 146 OD 0 02 ID x 0 9 m stainless steel tubing Appropriate screws and washers also included To install the outlet valve package Figure 2A 6 1 Attach the 2 way valve using the spacer block and panhead screws provided in the refill kit 2 Connect the pre bent 18 OD length of stainless steel tub ing to the outlet port on the pump using the 18 nut and 18 2A 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories ferrule Connect the other end to the top port on the valve using the valve fitting M Note When nuts are torqued to the cylinder cap ports the pressure reading may be affected If the pressure no longer reads zero push pressure zero key on the front panel of the controller to readjust 3 Then use the valve fittings to attach the 5 1 cm length of 18 OD st
55. 3 At the prompt enter a file number between 1 and 99 This is the file name of your program and can be the name of a new program you are creating or a stored program you want to edit or run Press ENTER M Note If a selected stored program is in a different mode than that of the controller selected in Step 1 a brief notification will appear displaying the controllers mode and the file s mode If you attempt to run the program without changing the mode of either it or the controller the program will not run and the same message will be displayed 4 To enter the flow rate for this program either press FLOWRATE A and use the number keys and Enter or for maximum possible flow simply press MAX C ENTER FLOWRATE 0 00000 XX 00000 FLOWRATE PREVIOUS MAX D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 5 To proceed to the programming screen press STEP FWD B The programming screen will appear with the file number and step number at the top of the screen FILE 1 STEP 1 STORE TO EXIT 1 INIT96 3 0 00 MIN 2 FIN 4 DURATION 1 0MIN INSERT DELETE 6 To set the initial pressure or flow for this step press INIT 1 to activate this parameter Use the number keys to enter the desired value then press ENTER to save it 7 To set the final pressure or flow for this step press FINAL 2 to activate this parameter User the numbe
56. 456 260HP PREAMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 66 231 2007 04 set SCREW 1 4 20 For current prices and quotations on parts contact 1560 Customer Service Department This list is subject to change without notice Verify the part number with Isco Technical Service Department D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts This page intentionally blank D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 5 65D Pump IH 17 7 dHG9 059 11400 1511 51474 1434 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts oa 1122 a Ha xo zo gt fr o2 xu D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL 65D 65HP PUMP D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts SEE SECTION A A a S LDD 65HP PUMP REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL 650 A 20 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts gt a 22 ro lt W a o EX zo Lua uc lt o Lu ES lt u ES e O 21 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL 65D 65HP PUMP A 22 D Series Syringe Pumps
57. 68 1247 068 for 500D P N 60 1247 093 for 1000D which will not mar the cylinder s outer surface 9 Center the pump bottom limit sensor with respect to the mounting screws and tighten them 10 Raise the top limit sensor to the extent of the slots and tighten the upper screw Now the new limit sensors MUST be calibrated as explained in the following section 5 21 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 11 7 Limit Sensor 5 22 Calibration Once the new limit sensor assembly is installed the sensors must be calibrated Before calibrating the limit sensors be sure the cylinder is unscrewed several turns Follow steps 8 10 in the previous section 5 11 6 Use the following procedure to calibrate the limit sensors 1 Connect the pressure cable and power cord and turn the controller ON 2 Press REFILL and enter the maximum rate O 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 28 24 Press STOP when the interrupter flag is approximately from the full lower sensor Press A FLOW RATE and use the number key to set 10 ml min Press the ENTER key Press REFILL After the lower limit sensor is interrupted the motor will stop Press CONST FLOW Press A FLOW RATE and select MAX Press RUN Press STOP when the volume counter in the upper right hand corner of the LCD reads 005 00 ml or less
58. Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL 65D 65HP PUMP D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL 65D 65HP PUMP REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL 65D 65HP PUMP D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET 10 OF If TELEDYNE ISCO REV F 071509 DESCRIPTION CHOKE 330 UH 11 0 POWER FILTER 6 AMP PANEL MOUNT BANANA JACK D SUB SOCKET FUSE HOLDER BINDING POST RED BINDING POST BLACK BRAKE FLSF RVS 24V POWER DRIVE CBA MOD FOR 65D ONLY BEARING VERIFY PARTE WITH ISCO SERVICE DEPT THRUST BALL BEARING INDIVIDUAL ORDER 2 EACH SEAL 999 TD X 28 QD gt m Co a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 2 6 9 9 10 2 6 SET SCREW 1 4 20 X 1 4 STL CUP POINT 5 SLOTTED HEX NUT 1 2 20 SIL 8 4 OR PIN 125 X 15 LONG SST OR SIL 9 10 ER SWITCH DPDT 4 AMP CSA 20 E 2 0 AMP FOR 100 117V UNITS 2 160 i SDUCER 0 20K PSI SST FOR 65D ONLY 22 3 i P SHIELD 23 1243 ELRIN UG 24 243 P PA 29 1243 TROGEN PURGE TUBE 26 243 234 TROGEN PURGE PAN el 1243 348 DE THRUST BEARING OTE For current prices and quota
59. BR LE ule 2B 2 2B 2 2 500D Installation Tips 2B 2 2B 2 3 Tubing Cutting une toa ed 2B 2 2B 2 4 Accessory Package 2B 3 2B 2 5 Drain Tub l svn sea ae aa aaa 2B 3 2B 3 Fluid Connection Accessories 2B 4 2B 3 1 Manual Refill Kit 2B 4 2B 3 2 Manual Outlet Valve Package 2B 6 2B 4 Temperature and Pressure Controls 2B 7 2B 4 1 Cylinder Insulating Cover 2B 7 2B 4 2 Cooling Heating Jacket 2B 8 xi D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents 2B 5 Nitrogen 2B 8 2 6 500D Optional Accessories 2B 10 Section 2C 1000D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2C 1 Introduction neen eme ee ran Bann en 2C 1 2C 2 Liquid System Connections 2C 1 20 21 Ports 2 1 2 2 2 10000 Installation Tips 2C 2 2 2 3 Tubing Cutting 2C 2 2C 2 4 Drain Tube 2C 4 2C 3 Cylinder Washing and Purging 2C 4 Section 2D 65D Liquid System
60. DIO 1N5817 38 400 0914 00 CR119 CR126 CR129 CRI30 CR137 DIO 1 914 CR138 CR139 CR140 39 400 2152 01 CR123 CR124 DIO 1N5229B 40 400 2152 02 CR122 DIO 1N5232B 41 400 2152 11 CR120 CR121 DIO 1N5230B 42 400 2152 19 CR107 CR109 8113 CRIS DIO 1N5259B 43 400 2152 21 CR116 DIO 1N5225B 44 400 2152 22 CRI DIO 1N5242B 45 401 0150 00 CRIO CRIM CR112 CR125 DIO 1N5060 46 402 9120 01 0102 XSTR MTP12N06 47 402 9270 00 Q101 0103 XSTR 2N7000 48 490 0050 03 1101 XDCR AUDIO 49 02 AND THE PROGRAM REVISION LETTER FROM THE PARTS LABEL 50 03 AND THE PROGRAM REVISION LETTER FROM THE PARTS LABEL 51 um CGAL Mb THE REVISION LETTER FROM THE PARTS LABEL 52 12 GAL AND THE PROGRAM REVISION LETTER FROM IHE PARTS LABEL 53 U117 C GAL AND THE PROGRAM REVISION LETTER FROM THE PARTS LABEL 54 400 9130 20 05101 LED HLMP 1302 RED NOTE This list subject to change without notice A 49 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts This page intentionally blank A 50 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 9 Analog Output Circuit Board 319 3 308 306 305 HA P320 6307 U301 lt 502 nee 6302 2 5 HOV C301 5301 sv FR U302 304 47 54 C304 5V 5 Ne mn 5V T H302 C505 5303 ar
61. FROM REFILL KIT ASSEMBLY pre bent SST tubing spacer block SST tubing 2 way valve REDUCING UNION 1 167 TUBING APPARATUS 7 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 7 6 7 2 3 Dual System Gradient Connections Connection of the dual gradient system requires two refill valve kits and the gradient mixer package as discussed in the intro duction on Page 7 1 The static mixer has an internal volume of 3 1 pl and pressure rating of 413 7 bar and is supplied with PEEK Fingertight III fittings for connection to the 1 16 tubing in the kit M Note The static mixer can be replaced by a user supplied dynamic mixer Solvents are fed from each pump through the in line filters and check valves and into the static mixer where they are mixed and fed into your system apparatus Kit components and connections are shown in Figures 7 3 and 7 4 1 Connect the 10 cm length of 46 stainless steel tubing to the center port outlet of the mixer using the PEEK fit tings provided 2 Connect the other end of the tubing to the Valco valve at the port marked P pump using a Valco 46 nut and fer rule 3 Connect the two in line filters oriented with flow toward the check valves indicated by the arrow on the housing one filter to each piece of 46 stainless steel tubing outlet from each pump 4 Using the PEEK fittings connect the 45 7 cm lengths of
62. L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122_Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode options eps Pix 601242237_C_l eps Pix ECR_080094 601242403 eps Pix 1242236 eps Pix ECR_080094 601242493_A1000D eps Pix ECR_080094 601242410_A65D eps Pix 601242343_C eps Pix 1242242B eps Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS JPix 1242254 eps Pix 601242269_1 eps Pix 601242269_2 eps Pix 601242347_G_1 eps Pix 601242347_G_2 eps Pix 601242347_G_3 eps J 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 322 M 1 J 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 322 M 2 eps J 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 322 3 eps 601242321 L l eps Pix 601242321_L_2 eps Pix 601242321_L_3 eps 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 1 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 2 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 3 eps J 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 490 D 4 eps 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 5 eps 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 6 eps 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 7 eps 69 1243 960_Fourth_Gen_Pump Art 60 1242 490_D_ 8 eps J 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 490 D 9 eps 4 469 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 490 D 10 4 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 490 D 11 169 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 60 1242 490 D 12 eps Pix 601242498 1
63. M REVISIONS ISCO y CHG AUTHORITY DESCRIPTION cHkp DATE TELEDYNE ne CREATED REPLACES 60 1242 257 EB 9912 0 T R 0 L L E R R C U T B 0 R D 838 A 99 132 ADD ITEM 154 REMOVE CRIO ADD LABEL 99197 REF 69 1263 023 DRAWN 99004 5 To ps SCALE NONE cc Jer 99132 B 99 228 ITEM 152 WAS 60 1245 094 99300 on 01 0004 RMV ITEM 149 150 ON SHT 3 JEF 01082 APPROVED JEF 99132 di D 04 0503 UPDATE TO REFLECT PCB CHANGES JEF 05006 ES wp E 05 0656 REMOVE ITEM 18 amp 128 05355 CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BOARD F 08 0189 REMOVE ITEM 113 amp 124 MAV 050508 REPLACEMENT PARTS A 47 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PART LIST C N U L L i Teledyne Isco Inc C R C U B A D REV F DATE 050508 i PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 101 10 6542 00 C109 CAP SOuF 50VDC 102 112 2569 00 C139 CAP 56uF 6VDC 103 112 6010 00 C101 C15 C138 C140 C150 10uF 25VDC C151 C157 C159 C162 C164 C165 C167 04 12 7510 00 C156 CAP uF 35VDC 05 19 0506 00 C153 CAP 100pF 600VDC 06 40 1035 02 P110 PLUG 25 PIN SUB D RA 07 41 9002 24 J106 SKT 25 PIN SUB D RA 08 45 20
64. ON will be displayed above softkey B and PUMP will be displayed above softkey C To designate the desired modifier concentration press softkey C Then use the numeric keys to enter the desired percentage of modi fier Press the enter key to save the desired value 8 Open the outlet valves of both pumps if they are not open 9 Press the RUN key on the controller front panel keypad 10 When A pressure is established the message HOLD PRESS RUN will be displayed 11 Open the extractor inlet valves 12 The message EQUILIBRATE will be displayed on the controller screen If the controller does not display EQUILIBRATE press the RUN key While this message is displayed no modifier will be delivered 13 Immediately open the extractant outlet valve s Flow MUST be established through the system at or before the time EQUILIBRATE is displayed To properly equilibrate the pumps they must be delivering fluid 14 Once the message Running is displayed modifier will be delivered at the selected rate Once your modifier addition system is running you will occa sionally need to refill the pumps The system must be stopped while the pumps are refilling Pump A the pump may be refilled simply by designating the pump to be refilled and then pressing the REFILL key on the front panel refer to instructions below Pump B the modifier pump may also be refilled in this manner However if you wish
65. PRESSURE key will correct pressure sensor drift Before pressing the ZERO PRESS key the pump should be set up and depressurized 1 Be sure the pump is depressurized with port fittings installed 2 Press the ZERO PRESS key A message will ask if you want to zero the pressure and the current pressure will be displayed on the third line of the display 3 Press softkey A pump A or softkey B pump B or softkey C pump C to zero the selected pump s pressure or If the pump is not depressurized press softkey D DO NOT to exit the zero pressure operation The pump has three delivery modes and one refill mode including When using a single controller to operate multiple pumps inde pendently you need to select the appropriate pump run screen before selecting an operation mode To select the appropriate operating pump press the SELECT PUMP softkey D and an intermediate screen will be shown Then press the softkey under the pump you would like to select and this will take you to the run screen of the appropriate pump CONSTANT FLOW RATE Refer to Section 3 6 1 This mode is used when the flow rate must remain constant during the pumping operation CONSTANT PRESSURE Refer to Section 3 6 2 The constant pressure mode is used when the application of fixed pressure throughout the pumping operation is required The pump will maintain the desired pressure by positive or negative displacement of the piston Programmed Gra
66. PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 1 Attach a 2 way valve to each pump housing using the spacer block and screws M Note Tighten fittings just enough to hold tubing in place Final tight ening will be done after all tubing and fittings are connected 2 Attach the pump outlet tubing 2 way valve assembly to each pump outlet 3 Attach the 10 2 cm pre bent SST tubing from the check valve inlet to the 2 way valve outlet 4 Connect your tubing from the tee outlet to your equipment Tubing for connection to user equipment is not provided Optional 146 and 18 OD stainless steel tubing may be ordered through Teledyne Isco see optional accessories sections 2A 8 and 2B 6 All fittings may now be retightened D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition Se RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED p COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPRO PRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN a THE MANUAL vr SR sy 22 DWG 60 1242 242B 13 PUMP A REV D Figure 9 1 Modifier addition kit installation M Note Figure 9 1 shows the two pumps with the refill kits installed The instructions for this are provided in sections 2A 3 1 and 2B 3 1 Figure 2A 4 When preparing your system for modifier operation if you are connecting pump A to a CO tank you will need to use th
67. SEND CR TO COM PORT Note Polling is part of the DASNET definition but is not required and is not shown in this example If this program is run on a PC as is the commands entered at the keypad will be output on serial port 2 This code was written in QBa sic version 4 5 6 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Table 6 3 Example of C program to demonstrate conversion of pump commands to DASNET frames include lt stdio h gt include lt conio h gt include b comm c int conv_das unsigned char in 256 out 256 buf 256 char unitnum main unsigned port int speed cputs ENTER UNIT ID scanf d amp unitnum cputs ENTER COM PORT scanf 96d amp port cputs ENTER BAUD RATE scanf d amp speed comm_open port speed in 0 50 cputs ALL ENTRIES IN CAPS n r while 1 edit to path needed a C example of DASNET serial control get parms open comm port cputs n rENTER STRING Q TO QUIT gt gt gt cgets in if in 2 Q break conv_das amp in 2 out convert string cputs nDASNET FORMATTED OUTPUT gt gt gt puts out comm_putc 0x0d dput out comm_putc 0x0d dgets buf cputs nDASNET RESPONSE gt gt gt puts buf comm_flush comm_close conv_das char in char out unsigned sum char c_ptr c_ptr out out unitnum 0x30 outt R
68. The Wiper Seal u isu caves chest us ie bles vd ed rh 5 7 5 3 5 To reinstall the wiper 5 7 5 4 Wear Ring Cleaning and Replacement 5 7 5 5 Flushing the Cylinder 5 8 5 5 1 Gas Solvent Changeover 5 8 5 5 2 Liquid Solvent Changeover and Flushing 5 8 5 6 General Cleaning zen ure amd ien Bern te Yu 5 9 5 7 Torque Limiter 0 4 5 9 5 8 Shear Key Replacement 5 10 5 8 1 Replacement Using Installation Tool 5 11 5 8 2 Replacement Without Installation Tool 5 11 5 8 3 Pump Bearings 65DM Only u ee nnee A EU aanne AS t EM dees 5 12 5 8 4 Completion of Shear Key Replacement 5 13 5 9 Motor Brush Replacement 5 14 5 10 Troubleshooting 5 16 5 10 1 Power Supply Al 5 16 5 10 2 Controllef ans nennen a en wile UU de BEE 5 16 5 11 Calibrations nrs tem net ued deden eeh st eee ent 5 17 5 11 1 5 Volts Adjustment 5 17 5 11 2 Pressure Transducer Calibration for 65DM 100D 260D 500D and 1000D 5 17
69. and connecting tubing come assembled so that you can quickly and easily install this package in your system For additional conve nience the two lengths of pump connection tubing come with the fittings already attached The only connections you have to make are between the pump tubing and the double check valve housings and between the outlet and inlet tubing and the tees Dual system maximum flow rates under optimal conditions are approximately 65 of the max flow rate for each pump model Table 8 1 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Check Valves Pressure fluctuation at switchover 0 35 bar at system backpressures from 6 9 bar to the single pump maximum Higher fluctuation occurs at pressures below 6 9 bar Minimum 3 5 bar Maximum system backpressure The single pump maximum Valves rated to 689 5 bar Maximum flow rate ml min Liquids 65 of the single pump C1000 265 2 maximum rate Liquefied gases C500 132 6 C260 69 55 C100X 32 50 C100M 16 25 C65DM 19 50 45 of the single pump maximum rate Cylinder cooling jack ets should be used to obtain this rate Temperature range 0 to 40 C Wetted materials in valve packages Check valves Tubing and fittings SS316 sapphire ruby PEEK PTFE SS316 gold D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 2 2 Dual Check Valve Check valve installation Installation refer to Figur
70. currently selected pump Press the number 2 key to toggle this feature off and on for each pump as desired If auto refill is ON then the pump will automatically switch to refill mode when the volume reaches the auto refill mark After refilling pumping will resume in the programmed mode The ACCESSORY outputs which drive powered valves will switch in sequence 1 Press the number 3 key to set the refill rate for the desig nated pump The refill rate can also be changed from the main screen while the pump is refilling 2 A message will blink on the screen prompting you to enter the selected refill rate 3 Enter the desired rate using the number keys 4 Press the ENTER key to save the value 1 To exit the refill menu press softkey D PREVIOUS You will be returned to the main menu and your selections will be saved This feature allows you to dictate the activity of the pump in the event of a power failure Use the number 4 key to toggle this feature to STOP or CONT to automatically resume pumping after power is restored 3 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 6 3 3 4 Resetting the System System reset Hard reset M Note This option covers all pumps connected to the controller You cannot dictate the action of an individual pump This option allows you to completely clear user programmed set tings It will erase all programs and return units and limit
71. externally controlled with any IBM PC or compatible which has RS 232 C serial output The serial interface accepts English command words from the computer like constant pressure refill etc For more information see Section 6 Serial Interface D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 Replacement Parts Replacement parts are called out in the following illustrations Refer to the call out in the adjacent table to determine the part number for the item Replacement parts can be purchased by contacting Teledyne Isco s Customer Service Department Teledyne Isco Customer Service Department P O Box 82531 Lincoln NE 68501 USA Phone 800 228 4373 402 464 0231 FAX 402 465 3022 E mail IscoInfo teledyne com A 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts D Series Controller R ITEM 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts EPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ONG NO 00 12 2 20 SHEET 2 OF 2 Isco Inc Syringe Pump Controller DATE 03180 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION NO S l For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Customer Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 2 1000D Pump A 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts RE
72. for options A 59 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ONG NO 60 1242 27 SHEET 2 OF 2 REV DATE 03122 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 252 4040 00 WINGNUT 60 1243 529 TUBING 209 0161 1 8 NPT TO 1 8 TUBING MALE CONNECTOR SWAGELOK 69 1243 572 3 WAY VALVE 60 1243 569 TUBING 69 1243 574 AIR ACTUATOR 60 1243 570 TUBING 60 1243 544 TUBING 36 01 44 209 0161 43 1 8 FERRULE SPEEDBITE 72 73 8 209 0095 26 SOLENOID VALVE 2 EE 221 BE _ 2 12 BER E 8 E 22 25 24 25 26 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 4 25 26 27 N NOTE 1 This list is subject to change without notice A 60 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 14 SST Dual Air Valve Package for 1000D REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 10000 SST AIR VALVE PACKAGE A 61 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET 2 OF 2 TELEDYNE ISCO INC REV PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 09016382 4 OD SST TUBING TEE W FITTINGS VALCO 9016384 14 00 SS UBING FERRULE VALCO 09016383 4 OD TUBING NUT VALCO 124389 T
73. for 100D 260D 68 1247 061 for 500D or 68 1247 104 for 1000D Installation and operating instructions for this system are located in Section 8 In this mode the softkeys toggle between the options described in Table 3 1 3 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 10 Continuous Flow constant pressure mode Modifier constant pressure mode Independent Control of up to Three Pumps Table 3 1 Key functions in the Multi pump Mode Display Option Description NORMAL Uses a finer slower pres sure match control when switching from one pump to the other Uses a coarser faster pressure match control when switching from one pump to the other NORMAL PRESS Uses pressure matching when switching from one pump to the other LOW PRESS Uses no pressure matching when switching from one pump to the other DELIVER Sets the pump into the delivery mode of operation RECEIVE Sets the pump into the receive mode of operation MIN MAX POINTS Sets the fill and refill marks that are used with both con tinuous flow modes AD Series continuous flow pumping system in constant pressure mode will consist of two D Series syringe pumps and a valve accessory package all regulated by one controller To connect two D Series pumps you will need to use a continuous flow check valve package P N 68 1247 059 or a continuous flow air driven valve package P
74. head space tank 2 Be sure the pumps are stopped 9 6 3 Close the pump A outlet valve before opening the tank sup ply valve and pump A inlet valve 4 Press the REFILL key on the front panel keypad Press softkey A to designate that pump A is the active pump the pump being refilled Pump A will fill with pressurized fluid 9 4 Modifier Addition To select modifier mode To change the minimum modifier pressure To select the limits 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition After pump A has refilled wait 15 seconds before closing the tank supply valve and pump A inlet valve Once the pressure has been zeroed and both pumps are filled you are ready to set up your modifier addition parameters You will need to place the pumps in modifier mode set the pressure limits under the limits option on the main menu and designate the percent of modifier found under pump on the run screen to be added If your modifier boils at 3 5 bar at room temper ature you may want to increase the minimum pressure for pump B to prevent vapor the default minimum pressure is 3 5 bar 1 Press the orange MENU key and press softkey A MORE 2 Select 4 MULTI PUMP to access the multi pump menu 3 Then select MODIFIER by pressing the 3 on the numeric A W N keypad The 3 will begin to blink indicating that modifier mode has been selected Press softkey D PREVIOUS three times to return to the main menu
75. manually for initial setup i e refill and purging of air If the Teledyne Isco air valve package is used the air valves are switched through the ACCESS CTRL key Lights on the air switches indicate which valves are open Continuous flow mode is found under the multi pump options on the second page of the main menu MORE Once you have accessed the multi pump options you may select continuous flow constant flow mode or constant pressure mode 1 Press the orange MENU key on the controller front panel 2 Press softkey A MORE to access the second page of the main menu 3 Press the 4 key on the numeric keypad to select number 4 MULTI PUMP The multi pump menu will then be dis played 4 Press the 1 key on the numeric keypad to select 1 CON TIN CONST FLOW The 1 will blink indicating that the controller is set to this mode 5 Press softkey D PREVIOUS three times to return to the run screen The controller has now automatically set the pump to continuous constant flow mode 1 Press the orange MENU key on the controller front panel 2 Press softkey A MORE to access the second page of the main menu 3 Press the 4 key on the numeric keypad to select number 4 MULTI PUMP The multi pump menu will then be dis played 4 Press the 2 key on the numeric keypad to select 2 CON TIN CONST PRESS The 2 will blink indicating that the controller is set to this mode 5 Press softkey D PREVIOUS three times to
76. maximum 0 to 5000 psi PRESSDIFF 6 14 Reads the differential pressure value PSI 10 The transducer can also be read via the ANGLx serial commands D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Table 6 4 Serial Commands Continued Command Description RANGEA RANGEB RANGEC Provides scaling information for the system parameters See 6 5 4 for more informa tion about this serial command RAPIDA RAPIDB RAPIDC Activates the automatic rapid pressurization cycle constant flow mode only REFILL REFILLB REFILLC Move cylinder to bottom at preset refill rate REFILL REFILLB REFILLC Enter to designate refill rate REMOTE RLIMITA RLIMITB RLIMITC RSVP RSVPB RSVPC Disables controller front panel control and enables all serial commands Stops all motors if control was previously local Returns the refill flow rate limit Pump responds with READY message RUN RUNB RUNC Same as front panel Initiates pumping SETFLOWA SETFLOWB SETFLOWC Returns the flow rate setpoint SETPRESSA SETPRESSB SETPRESSC Returns the pressure setpoint STATUSA STATUSB STATUSC Returns with status of pump May be any combination of responses listed below STATUS STOP PROBLEM OVER PRESSURE RUN UNDER PRESSURE REFILL CYLINDER FULL HOLD CYLINDER EMPTY EQUIL MOTOR FAILURE LOCAL REMOTE EXTERNAL STOP STOPB STOPC Same as front panel e
77. means of draining fluid from seal leakage Use the ID flexible tubing included with the accessory package to divert the leakage away from the pump To install the drain tube simply place one end of the tubing over the end of drip pan outlet shown in Figure 2B 2 2B 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories M Note The drain tube shown in this photo may appear slightly differ ent than that on your pump Figure 2B 2 Drain tube installation 2B 3 Fluid Connection The optional accessories discussed in this section are used to make Accessories fluid connections from the 500D pump to another apparatus When making fluid connections be sure to use the ferrules pro vided in the connectors Then push the tubing completely into the connector and finger tighten Then tighten with a wrench to clamp the ferrules on the tubing 2B 3 1 Manual Refill Kit The manual refill valve package is rated to 689 5 bar It includes those items necessary to connect to pressurized or non pres surized refill sources Table 2B 2 lists the contents of the package Figure 2B 3 illustrates the installation of the package To install the refill kit 1 Attach the valve to the pump tower using the valve spacer and screws provided 2 Screw the male adapter P N 209 0161 01 into the inlet port of the pump 3 Connect the pre bent tubing from the valve to the male adapter using the nuts and ferrule
78. of software used by the pump controller and indicates the type of pumps connected to the controller 3 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation M Note This screen is momentarily displayed automatically each time the pump controller is turned from STANDBY to ON To display the status Press the MENU key and then press softkey A MORE Press 2 to display the pump status The first line displays the revision of the software A 9 Lines 2 3 and 4 display the type of pump connected to the A B and C pump connectors respectively 3 3 8 External Analog The D Series syringe pump can be controlled externally by Control analog voltage in either constant flow or constant pressure mode The input range is 0 11 5 volts for all pumps with a reso lution of 5000 increments per volt Setting up external control 1 Select the desired operating mode CONST FLOW or CONST control PRESS by pressing the appropriate key on the controller front panel The mode you have selected along with the current pump will be displayed in the upper left hand corner of the screen For example if you have selected CONST PRESS CP will be displayed followed by a lowercase a b or c depending on the selected pump To set parameters for a different pump press softkey D SELECT PUMP and choose A for pump A B for pump B etc Once you have changed pumps the display will change back to the run s
79. operation This feature allows the use of other analog inputs for pressure input to the pump Press 1 OFF to turn off this feature Press 2 0 to 50 ANLGI to use a 5 volt 50 psi transducer on analog input ANLG1 Press 3 Custom ANLG to use 5 volt custom pressure transducer on analog input ANLG1 Press 4 500 ANLG2 to use a 5 volt 500 psi pressure transducer on analog input ANLG2 Press 5 5000 ANLG3 to use a 5 volt 5000 psi transducer on analog input ANLG3 PRESS INTEGRAL This feature lets the user turn on off the integral function for the pump control In addition to the menu options certain features are conve niently located on the front panel keyboard These include HOLD 3 5 1 RECALL 3 5 2 e STORE 3 5 3 LIMITS 3 5 4 RAPID PRESS Rapid Pressure 3 5 5 HELP 3 5 6 e ACCESS CTRL Accessories Control 3 5 7 e ZERO PRESS Zero Pressure 3 5 8 HOLD RECALL and STORE are all used when in program gra dient mode The HOLD key is used while a gradient is running When the HOLD key is pressed this will freeze the program clock and maintain present gradient parameters To continue the gradient press the HOLD or RUN key The RECALL key is used to recall a previously programmed gra dient When you select this option the controller automatically loads the gradient and switches the pump to program gradient mode The RECALL key can be used when the pump s are stopped or when in th
80. or at the test points should be F104 22 VDC to 31 VDC F103 8 1 VDC to 18 VDC F102 22 VDC to 31 VDC TP111 15 VDC 0 6 VDC TP110 15 VDC 0 6 VDC TP109 5 VDC 0 3 VDC The voltage between motor common TP101 and VM TP105 should be 30 V to 45 V low speed or 60 to 90 V high speed See section 4 The voltages in the controller unit between circuit common TP134 and the test points should be TP106 5 VDC 0 002 VDC TP112 81VDC 13 VDC TP131 15 VDC 0 6 VDC TP135 15 VDC 0 6 VDC TP136 10 VDC to 12 VDC 187 10 VDC to 12 VDC 5 11 Calibration 5 11 1 5 Volts Adjustment on Al board 5 11 2 Pressure Transducer Calibration for 65DM 100D 260D 500D and 1000D 5 11 3 Pressure Transducer Calibration for 65D D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair It should not be necessary to readjust the instrument unless repairs have been made on the electronic circuitry or the con troller cable length has been changed Only pump A must be adjusted The 5 volt adjustment is done in the pump unit with the voltage measured at the controller 1 Connect a voltmeter to TP106 and to common TP134 both of which are located on the controller board 2 Adjust R133 on the pump CBA until the voltage at TP106 reads 5 0 volts 0 002 V This adjustment is done on the pressure preamp board on top of the cylinder The AO portion of the schematic details this board To acc
81. plumbing sugges tions and outlines basic operation DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 2A 1 Introduction This section discusses liquid system connections in general and details the accessory package installation It also covers the installation of fluid connection accessories temperature and pressure control accessories optional kits and attachments and software options If you are familiar with syringe pumps you may wish to skip over the general information and helpful tips presented in section 2A 2 liquid system connections and proceed directly to your package installation instructions Use the following refer ences to locate the desired section 2A 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 2 Liquid System Connections 2A 2 1 Ports N DANGER transducer cap RISK OF INJURY THE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL M Note When operating at flow rates at or below 100 ul min it is strongly suggested that an insulating cover or cooling jacket be installed See Temperature Controls in the following list Fluid Connection Accessories section 2A 3 Pump refill kit 2A 3 1 cylinder connection package 2A 3 2 Outlet valve package
82. pressure transducer To install the cylinder 1 Install the back cover insulating COVER 2 Route the cable around tubing through the appropriate Figure 2D 3 tabs 3 Install the front cover and secure the side latches 2D 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2D 3 2 Cooling Heating An optional cylinder temperature jacket 68 1247 047 is Jacket available for use in maintaining cylinder temperatures 30 to 100 C by circulating liquids such as water or water ethylene glycol solution through the 4 upper and lower hose connectors To install the The jacket is very useful for SFC applications where cylinder cooling heating jacket cooling facilitates pump filling with fluids such as liquid Figure 2D 4 The jacket can also be used with a circulating temperature con trolled bath to keep the fluid inside the pump at a constant tem perature This may be necessary when operating at very low flow rates below 100 ul min where temperature fluctuation can cause flow variations Removing the pump cylinder 1 Empty the cylinder Be sure the piston is left fully extended 2 Turn the pump s mains power switch OFF or disconnect the power cord 3 Remove the pump front cover by loosening the four cover screws two located on each side of the pump 4 Loosen the cylinder lock screw a 14 20 set screw in the front side of the cylinder housing 5 Discon
83. pump independent control constant pressure mode Open the inlet valves of each pump Run both pumps to their empty positions Zero the pressure on each pump Reconnect the pump A inlet tubing to the inlet valve Place the pumps in independent control constant pres sure mode as detailed above 2 Be sure the pumps are stopped 3 Close the pump B outlet valve and open the pump B inlet valve Press the REFILL key on the front panel keypad Press softkey B to designate that pump B is the active pump the pump being refilled Pump B will fill with modifier After pump B has filled press run and deliver 5 10 ml of modifier back through the inlet valve to ensure all air is purged from the pump before pressing stop Close the inlet valve 9 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition PUMP B OUTLET VALVE ING FILTER AND TUBING FROM REFILL PACKAGE NLET TUBING 0 SST TUBING Eb FROM REFILL PACKAGE PUMP A 28 CONTROLLER Figure 9 2 Two pump modifier system M Note Make sure you purchase dip tube CO tank To fill pump A with 1 Place the pumps in independent control constant pres supercritical fluid helium sure mode as detailed above
84. return to the run menu The controller is now set to continuous constant pressure mode 8 17 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 7 Operating Tips and 8 18 8 6 2 Continuous Flow The following features are used to define your continuous flow Features operation Volume Totalizer The total volume delivered in liters is given on the display at the right top corner To reset the volume totalizer 1 to zero Press the orange MENU key on the controller front panel 2 Press softkey A MORE to access the second page of the main menu Press 5 on the numeric keypad to select 5 TOTAL VOL UME RESET Press softkey D PREVIOUS twice to return to the run screen The displayed volume will be zero Valve Specification It is important to specify in the menu the type of valve package being used for continuous flow This will assure minimum pressure fluctuation at switchover To specify valves installed 1 Press the orange MENU key on the controller front panel 2 Press softkey A MORE to access the second page of the main menu Press 6 on the numeric keypad to select 6 VALVE Press 1 or 2 on the numeric keypad to specify Active air actuator or Passive check valves installed Press softkey D PREVIOUS three times to return to the run screen The following tips and guidelines are provided by our research Guidelines laboratory Please famil
85. sup porting the tee valve assembly attach the other connector to the port of the second pump 6 Attach the outlet fittings to the top of the upper tee Fit tings for 18 tubing as well as an optional reducing fitting 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation for A6 tubing are provided Use the fittings appropriate for your tubing size 7 Tighten all fittings 8 2 3 Inlet Tubing There are two types of inlet tubing provided with this kit The stainless steel tubing is to be used for a pressurized inlet source the PTFE tubing may be used if the source is not pressurized NDANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL M Note The fittings for connection to pressurized source are not pro vided A CO cylinder connection package P N 68 1247 043 is available Refer to section 2A 3 2 of the Instruction Manual 8 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 120 260D Z 650 PUMP OUTLET g REDUCING FITTING FOR 1 16 TUBING OUTLET TEE N PUMP m 65DM 100DM DX 260D 8 CONNECTOR 24 ao 2 EACH FACTORY CONNECTED Sn 100 260D k _ 65DM PUMP REN EN M PLUG j ki FILTER ASSEMBLY E _ gt 00D 4 PUMP PLUG T i ep INLE
86. terminal 1 under ANALOG INPUT For more information see section 3 7 of this instruction manual The pumps can be externally controlled with a computer which has an RS 232 C serial output The serial interface accepts English command words from the computer like constant pressure refill etc For more information see Section 6 5 8 19 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 9 Accessories Temperature control jacket part numbers 8 20 Teledyne Isco offers a temperature control jacket 68 1247 057 for the all pumps Temperature control jackets are compatible with continuous flow valve packages and may be needed for example for barrel cooling when pumping a liquefied gas Teledyne Isco Continuous Flow systems do not include temper ature control jackets 1000D 68 1247 115 500D 68 1247 057 65D 100DM DX 260D 68 1247 047 Insulation covers are not compatible with continuous flow valve packages and should not be needed with the flow rates used in continuous flow For information on other accessories please contact Teledyne Isco at 800 228 4373 or 402 464 0231 or Iscolnfo teledyne com D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition 9 1 Introduction The Teledyne Isco modifier addition systems utilize two D Series syringe pumps regulated by one controller to deliver a mixture of supercritical fluid and modifier to one or more Model SFX 2 10 SFX 22
87. the pumps they must be delivering fluid 12 Once the message Running is displayed modifier will be delivered at the selected rate 1 Press the STOP key 2 Close the outlet valves of both pumps 3 Take the pumps out of modifier mode by pressing softkey B under the words MODIFIER The word ON will change to OFF above the modifier Open the inlet valve of pump B Press the REFILL key and press softkey B to designate Pump B After pump B has filled press the CONST FLOW key and set the desired purging flow rate Press the RUN key and deliver 5 10 ml of modifier back through the inlet valve This ensures that all air is purged from the pump Press the red STOP key on the controller front panel key pad Then press softkey B Return to constant pressure mode by pressing softkey D SELECT PUMP and then softkey A Place the pump in modifier mode by pressing softkey B under the words MODIFIER The word OFF will change to ON above MODIFIER Open the outlet valves of both pumps if they are not open Press the RUN key on the controller front panel keypad When A pressure is established the message HOLD PRESS RUN will be displayed 6 Open the extractor inlet valves 7 The message EQUILIBRATE will be displayed on the controller screen If the controller does not display EQUILIBRATE press the RUN key While this message is displayed no modifi
88. the power supply circuit board in the pump unit to obtain a voltage of 4 875 0 001 volts at TP106 in the controller unit Adjust R113 in the controller unit slowly clockwise until the voltage at TP105 switches high approximately 5 volts Adjust R133 of the power supply board in the pump unit to regain a voltage of 5 000 0 002 volts at TP106 in the con troller unit 5 11 5 A D Circuit This adjustment is done in the controller unit Adjustment 1 00 O wm Connect the common of the voltmeter to TP138 Turn the standby switch to the on position Adjust R135 to obtain a voltage of 4 587 volts at TP124 Place a jumper between TP133 and TP139 Adjust R138 to obtain a voltage of 2 081 volts at TP139 Remove the jumper Place a jumper between TP133 and TP138 Adjust R139 to obtain a voltage of 3 537 volts at TP139 Remove the jumper 5 11 6 Limit Sensor In the event that the limit sensors must be replaced on the pump Adjustment use the following procedure 1 2 Disconnect the instrument from mains power Disconnect the pressure transducer cable from the pump and remove the tubing from the inlet and outlet ports Loosen the four cover screws and remove the front and rear covers ofthe pump The cylinder must be unscrewed several turns to avoid accidentally bottoming the piston out during calibration of the limit sensor Therefore loosen the cylinder lock screw The loc
89. tight to align the holes 5 Reinstall the access cover 5 13 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 9 Motor Brush 5 14 Replacement To remove the top brush To replace the top brush To remove the bottom brush The motor brushes will require inspection approximately every two years of operation or 6 000 strokes whichever comes first The normal length of a new brush is 1 1 cm The brushes should be replaced before they reach 0 4 cm Only one brush needs to be checked The other brush will wear at about the same rate We recommend checking the top brush as it is much easier to remove and replace The upper brush may be removed with the unit in the upright position The lower brush which is difficult to remove is accessed through a hole on the case bottom While not a pre ferred method the lower brush can also be removed by first removing the gear train from the case bottom N N DANGER RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT THE ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING ONLY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL MAY REMOVE THE CASE TOP N NDANGER RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE COUPER L ALIMENTATION AVANT LA R PARATION L USAGER NE DOIT PAS D MONTER L INSTRUMENT OU D RANGER LE M CANISME DEDANS ADRESSER LA REPARATION SEULEMENT AUX TECHNICIENS COMP TENTS 1 Remove the pump case top as detailed in Section 5 1 3 2 Locate the upper brush Figure 5 7 Configuration 1 or 2 depending on your pump mo
90. to ensure that air is purged from pump B it must be placed under independent control before refilling Once under independent control the pump will run until 5 10 ml of modifier are delivered back to the source see refilling pump B below 1 Press the STOP key 2 Close the outlet valves of both pumps 3 Press the REFILL key and press softkey A to designate pump A 4 As soon as the pump pressure drops below the known tank pressure open the tank supply valve and the pump A inlet valve 5 After pump A has refilled the message cylinder full will be displayed on the controller front panel Wait 15 seconds before closing the tank supply valve and the pump A inlet valve 6 Open the outlet valves of both pumps if they are not open 7 Press the RUN key on the controller front panel keypad To refill pump B the modifier pump To start modifier 11 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition When A pressure is established the message HOLD PRESS RUN will be displayed Open the extractor inlet valves 10 The message EQUILIBRATE will be displayed on the controller screen If the controller does not display EQUILIBRATE press the RUN key While this message is displayed no modifier will be delivered Immediately open the extractant outlet valve s M Note Flow MUST be established through the system at or before the time EQUILIBRATE is displayed To properly equilibrate
91. torque limiting devices on the pump An indirect torque limiter is controlled by the operator of the pump The operator can set the maximum pressure limit on the pump con troller When the pressure exceeds the maximum pressure setting the pump is stopped electronically The second torque limiting device is a shear key in the worm gear assembly of the pump Should the maximum pressure circuit fail and excessive pressures pressures that exceed maximum pressure limits persist in the operation of this pump the torque limiting shear key may become damaged The shear key will yield at pressures slightly above maximum pressure and it will break around 1 5 times the pressure rating In the event of a shear key failure the pump will sound as though it is turning but the piston will not be advancing up the cylinder Damage to the pressure transducer and push tube could be possible if the key failed due to extreme overpressure 5 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 8 Shear Key Table 5 1 below provides part numbers for each pump model Replacement replacement shear key Table 5 1 Replacement Shear Keys Pump Model Part Number 1000D 500HP 260D 65D 60 1243 607 500D 60 1243 654 100DM DX 60 1243 608 65DM 60 1243 949 1 Place the pump on its side and remove the four panhead screws that attach the access plate to the case bottom as shown in Figure 5 3 2 Remove the cotter pin that passes
92. 0 or SFX 3560 extractors M Note The configurations described in this section apply to 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D 500D and 1000D pumps that use Valco or SSI fittings The 65D pump can be configured and operated in a similar manner However due to the higher operating pressure and the AE F250C fittings the 65D requires hardware that is not listed in this section Call the factory for details to configure a 65D pump for this type of operation Pump A delivers supercritical fluid while pump B meters mod ifier Both fluids pass through one way check valves before they meet and are blended together in a mixing tee Modifier concen trations of up to 100 percent v v are programmable via the con troller If higher concentrations are needed put the modifier in pump A to be delivered as the primary fluid Both pumps operate in constant pressure mode and will flow up to their maximum rate to maintain the set pressure When mod ifier addition mode is selected and the RUN key is pressed pump A pressure is ramped at its maximum flow rate to the set pressure while pump B waits at a lower pressure 3 5 bar The user can increase the pump B minimum pressure if the mod ifier boils at room temperature and 3 5 bar See Section 9 4 Mod ifier Addition Once pump A has reached the set pressure the controller will enter a hold mode and wait for a pressure drop with opening the extractor inlet to signal the start of EQUILIBRATION or the u
93. 0 pump 2B 5 2 4 500D pump outlet valve package installation 2B 7 2B 5 500D cylinder insulation cover 2B 8 2B 6 Purge connector installation 2B 9 XV D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents xvi 2C 1 Liquid system plumbing connections for the 1000D pump 2C 2 2C 2 Drain tube installation 2C 4 2 8 1000 wash fluid connections 2C 5 2D 1 Liquid system plumbing connections 2D 2 2D 2 Drain tube installation 2D 2 2D 3 Cylinder insulation cover 2D 3 2D 4 Cooling Heating jacket installed 2D 5 2D 5 Purge connector installation 2D 7 3 1 Main menu nnn ereen ne ENE Re BA 3 3 3 2 Units menu nn luec denn EOS EN ER NN 3 4 9 9 Refill meu L rer EN ERR eS Te Is 3 5 3 4 Display contrast menu 3 7 3 5 Serial option menu 3 7 3 6 Second Menu ee ee nen TRE RE 3 12 3 7 Limits men 2 cv sr nern Weede ss 3 14 3 8 Limits setpoint Max Press menu 3 14 3 9 Ou
94. 00 00 100 0 Initial B Range 00 00 100 0 Step Number 02 99 File 01 99 Figure 6 8 Gradient Upload Commands Two pump flow gradient 6 21 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface LGUL F xx S xx 1 xxxxx F xxxxx D xXxXxXxX X L JL J XE Pressure Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final Pressure Range 00010 Maximum Units psi Initial Pressure Range 00010 Maximum Units psi Step Number 01 99 L_ File 01 99 Figure 6 9 Upload Commands Single pump pressure programming 6 5 4 Range Command The RANGE command provides scaling information for the system parameters For example 6RO06RANGEA34 may return a string similar to the one shown in Figure 6 10 RO2CP 10000 F 2500000 R 30 00000 V 102 9600 40 Checksum Volume 102 96 Units milliliters Refill Rate 30 0 milliliters minute Max Flow Rate 25 milliliters minute Maximum Pressure 10 000 psi Figure 6 10 Range Serial Commands 6 22 6 5 5 Error Messages 6 6 Serial Control Set up To set up for serial control D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface If an error occurs in a message one of the following responses will be sent The format of an error message is PROBLEM 2 Refer to Table 6 5 Table 6 5 Error Messages Error Description PROBLEM LOCAL MODE The
95. 0D wash fluid connections 2C 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 1000D Section 2C 1000 Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2C 6 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2D 1 Introduction 2D 2 Fluid Connections 2D 2 1 Pump Inlet and Outlet DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 1379 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL This section discusses liquid system connections in general and details the accessory package installation It also covers the installation of fluid connection accessories temperature and pressure control accessories optional kits and attachments and software options If you are not familiar with syringe pumps you may wish to refer to the general information and helpful tips presented in section 2A 2 Liquid System Connections To proceed directly to your package installation instructions use the following references to locate the desired section Fluid Connection Accessories section 2D 2 Pump inlet and outlet 2D 2 1 Drain tube 2D 2 2 Temperature and Pressure Controls section 2D 3 Cylinder insulating cover 2D 3 1 Cooling jacket package 2D 3 2 Nitrogen Purge section 2D 4 There are two F250C ports in the pump cylinder cap The F250C fittings are designed for use with high pressure 14 40 tubing Either port can serve as the inlet or outlet As shown in Figure 2D 1 yo
96. 104 which initiates the transfer With pin 3 of P105 at 5 volts and Q101 turned on 5 volts is placed across R101 This creates in effect a hardware request to reset When pin 3 of U101 goes high pin 7 will be pulled low activating the reset and turning off Q101 Anything which pulls the reset signal low will release the Q101 latch and accomplish this The microprocessor has the ability to internally pull the reset signal low which is done after all necessary vari ables have been transferred to the external SRAM and the display has been cleared The reset signal will then remain low until the front panel switch is set to ON and the 5 volt supply is greater than 4 875 volts The active low reset signal is inverted by U127 to provide an active high reset signal for U129 U123 and U128 The front panel keypad is scanned by the microprocessor at a rate of one row per millisecond Each row of the keypad driver outputs of U128 is sequentially set high followed by a read ofthe columns which are normally pulled low by R104 The keypad is debounced by software time delay The four line LCD display is connected to the 8 bit wide bus to allow the microprocessor to output display information and read back display status information Additional control signals are needed for the interface and are provided by U128 The display read write D R W signal is active high for a read cycle and low for a write to the display The display register selec
97. 131 a 4504 CR117 protects the circuit from excessive swings and floating inputs R126 with C144 and C169 C175 filter the inputs to prevent aliasing The selected input is buffered by operational amplifier U132A U132B inverts level shifts and scales the input signal to match the bipolar input range of A D circuit U129 determined by voltage reference circuit U133 A circuit composed of diodes and zener diodes prevents this signal from exceeding the analog supplies of U129 The three pump pressure signals are scanned at a rate of 500 HZ and all other signals at a rate of 100 HZ These signals are then filtered by software A conversion is initiated by a low pulse on the HOLD signal pin 1 of U129 and the end of conversion signal at pin 38 activates an interrupt routine to read the value These signals should pulse at a fre quency of 2 0 kHz The syringe pump motor speed control is entirely a digital control system Both the pressure and flow rate controls are software implemented via the controller module Feedback and control elements are duplicated for three pump control so only the pump A controls will be described The syringe pump module includes a power amplifier to interface the digital controls to the direct current brush type electric motor The pump full and pump empty positions are detected by optoelectronic sensors in the pump module and the signals connect to P110 of the controller through the pump control cable These signal
98. 22 00 101 TERMINAL BLOCK 22 POS 09 70 1000 05 Y101 XTAL 12 0000 MHZ 0 270 0103 00 32 LF353 1 270 0409 00 18 0127 74 04 2 270 0606 00 0131 145048 4 270 0805 01 U124 0126 C 2803 5 270 1002 07 15 74HC154 6 270 1100 04 25 74HC393 7 270 1110 01 ung 0120 0121 0122 157166 9 270 1300 34 015 0914 82054 20 270 1300 37 23 0128 82C55A 2 21 270 1400 02 30 40518 22 270 1500 04 U107 C DS14C88 25 270 1500 05 10 DS14C89A 25 271 1650 16 29 C CS5016 26 270 1900 08 22 C REF 02E7 27 270 1900 09 U101 ICL7665 NOTE This list subject to change without notice A 48 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPI un 0 N R 0 B 2 DWG NO 60 1242 345 PART LIST SHEET 3 OF 3 Teledyne Isco Inc C R 1 D 0 A D REV F DATE 050508 En PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 29 340 2012 02 01 BATTERY 2 4V N REPLACE WITH SAME 30 373 4010 60 817 R18 R119 RES 9 X 10K 31 379 5001 70 R104 RES 5 X 10K 32 379 5027 50 R116 RES 9 X 2 7K 33 379 5047 40 R126 RES 8 X 470 34 379 5047 60 R106 RES 8 X 47K 35 379 5082 40 814 R115 RES 8 X 820 36 400 0720 00 U134 0135 0136 0137 U138 C SP720 37 400 0158 17 CR102 CR118 CR127 128
99. 2B 6 500D Optional The following list P N 60 1242 176 presents the optional acces Accessories sories available for use with the 500D pump See Table 2A 6 for a list of optional seals Table 2B 3 500D Optional Accessories Part Number Description 60 1243 659 Valve spacer 209 0098 05 2 way valve 60 1243 689 Stainless steel tubing 18 OD 0 069 ID 209 0161 01 Male connector NPT to Ve 60 1243 391 Stainless steel tubing 18 OD 0 069 ID 1 5m Appropriate screws and washers also included 68 1020 210 68 1020 214 69 1243 572 3 way valve 69 1243 574 Air actuator Appropriate nuts ferrules tubing and tube unions also included 60 1244 262 Analog output circuit board assembly 60 1242 277 Assembly instruction procedure 232 1140 00 6 32 Stainless steel hex nut 149 9004 05 Jacket socket assembly SM 1 High accuracy transducer Contact factory for specifications 2B 10 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 1000D Section 2C 1000D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2C 1 Introduction 2C 2 Liquid System Connections 2C 2 1 Ports DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 138 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL This section discusses 1000D liquid system connections in general If you are familiar with syringe pumps you may wish to skip over the general information and helpful tips present
100. 3 6 Serial Option e an en behets node ad eener Goda a ed en 3 7 PUMPStAEUS reste ein tent he Ak NE ne Eu 3 7 3 3 8 External Analog Control 3 8 3 39 Multi P mp eesis a area ee Rt ue Se Ra 3 9 3 3 10 Total Volume Reset 3 11 33 11 Valve nin rere nnn U NETT eher 3 11 3 4 Second Menu ei ad seb anne kenne banken 3 12 3 4 1 Second Menu Menu Options 3 12 3 5 Front Panel Keys eero Roles ee ee a 3 13 3 51 HOLD en ub eA ne Seles sn arr se 3 13 3 5 2 5 Se che a ton dre UA ss a er nd ee listen 3 13 3 5 9 STORE nr EE een o C TE Cr 3 14 3 5 4 LIMITS 255 etn Ree RU UP D RII n 3 14 3 5 5 RAPID PRESS issued een sine 3 16 3 56 HELP eb ee ee ana wann Es Saga 3 16 3 5 7 AGC CTRL aarsridders 3 16 3 5 8 ZERO PRESS z ua is nl eier ee 3 17 3 6 Operating Modes 3 17 3 6 1 Constant Flow 2 pans nes 3 18 3 6 2 Constant Pressure 35 5 oc D ud hs eh Rik ee 3 18 External Control iine a bids he 3 19 xii D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents 3 8 Remote 3 19 3 8 1 Wire Connections 3 19 3 9 Analog Flow Rate and Volume Output
101. 3 R216 RES 9 X 2 7K 210 579 5027 51 R203 RES 8 X 2 7K 211 400 0720 00 U207 5 720 212 400 0151 01 CR212 CR213 DIO MUR1520 213 400 2022 00 CR208 CR215 DIO ZENER 22V 1N4748A 214 400 2152 08 CR214 CR217 DIO ZENER 6 2V 1N5234B 215 400 2152 11 CR207 DIO ZENER 4 7V 1N5230B 216 401 0150 00 CR201 CR202 CR203 CR204 CR205 DIO IN5060 CR206 CR210 CR216 217 402 9270 00 0202 XSTR 2 7000 218 110 6310 00 0210 100uF 50VDC 219 112 5005 00 C211 CAP 1 0uF 20VDC 220 150 0004 00 D5201 LED MV5753 RED 221 400 2152 22 CR211 DIO ZENER 12V 1N5242B 222 60 0854 042 L201 L202 INDUCTOR ASSY NOTE 1 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Service Department 800 228 4250 2 This list subject to change without notice A 54 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 11 Dual Electric Valve Package REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ELECTRIC VALVE PACKAGE 3 8 8 S S S 4 gg gt amp 8 9 8 8 5 5 8 8 9 8 8 8 8 9 ES 6 Ve 9 d eh AN 4 1 La RES V x a 8 o N 5 a a S x x 8 Ass 8 es 9 9x S X 8 X gt gt o 29 o 5 9 S 9 8 8 8 SS 3 a a S S A
102. 3 Volume A Flow Rate C Output 4 Volume B Volume B 3 21 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 22 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation 4 1 Introduction 4 2 Pump Controller Power Supplies N DANGER RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT THE ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING ONLY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL MAY REMOVE THE CASE TOP N NDANGER RISQUE DE CHOC LECTRIQUE COUPER L ALIMENTATION AVANT LA R PARATION L USAGER NE DOIT PAS D MONTER L INSTRUMENT OU D RANGER LE M CANISME DEDANS ADRESSER LA REPARATION SEULEMENT AUX TECHNICIENS COMP TENTS The following sections describe the electrical theory of operation for the D Series syringe pumps and controller These descriptions are included to aid you in troubleshooting your instrumentation To view the schematic drawings referred to in this section first find the serial number for your unit Then go to our Web site at www isco com In the left column click Service amp Support In the center of the page click Fast thorough factory repair service Find the blue heading Circuit Schematics and click the indicated link After you enter your serial number in the field provided you will be able to view the schematics online If you need assistance or don t see the correct schematic for your spe cific unit contact our service department The pump controller is a microproc
103. 37510 00128 01017 06981 05743 00421 00442 00449 11111000 CS Pressure Pump Pressure Pump B Digital Inputs 1 8 Pressure Pump C Units psi 5 Resolution 0 2 psi 1 High 0 Low Analog Inputs 1 5 Units volts 5000 Resolution 0 2 millivolt Range 7500 to 58035 1 5000V to 11 6070V Figure 6 3 Get Status String 6 16 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface B Same as Figure 6 3 ROB5 37510 00128 01017 0000005921 0010696698 R R 06981 05743 00421 00442 0027500000 0057744222 00449 11111000 0052500000 0016778750 R R 0000005921 37500 00000000 24 Pump B Volume Pum Flow Rate Pump Control Status Pump A L Local control R Remote control E External control Operation Status Pump A S Pump stopped R Running Refilling H Hold clock stopped E Equilibrating pA Units Liters 10 E9 Resolution 1 nanoliter Units Liters minute 10E10 Resolution 0 1 nanoliter minute Pump C Problem Status Pump A No problem E Empty cylinder B Cylinder at bottom O Over pressure U Under pressure M Motor failure Checksum Volume total Continuous flow or modifier mode Units Liters 10E6 System pressure multi pump displays Pump A for other modes Units psi 5 Resolution 0 2 psi
104. 4 serial control 6 11 Error messages serial command 6 23 External control 3 19 analog 3 8 8 19 9 10 DASNET 6 3 pinout 6 2 remote run stop 3 19 8 19 9 10 serial commands 6 12 serial control and monitoring 8 19 9 10 serial error messages 6 23 serial interface 6 1 F Flow rate limit 3 15 H Help key 3 16 I ID numbers 3 7 In line filter accessory package 2A 8 Index 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Index K Keypad acc ctrl 3 16 help 3 16 hold 3 13 limits 3 14 multi pump mode 3 10 rapid press 3 16 recall 3 13 store 3 14 zero press 3 17 L LabView 2A 15 3 7 Liquid connections 1000D 2C 1 100DM 100DX 260D 2A 2 500D 2B 2 drain tube 2A 4 2B 3 2C 4 2D 2 modifier addition 9 2 M Main menu 3 3 units 3 4 Maintenance 5 1 calibration 5 17 flushing the cylinder 5 8 general cleaning 5 9 lubrication 5 3 motor brush replacement 5 14 power supply voltages 5 16 removing the case top 5 3 replacement parts A 2 A 53 seal cleaning and replacement 5 5 shear key 5 10 solvent changeover 5 8 Teledyne Isco Service 5 2 torque limiter 5 9 troubleshooting 5 16 wear ring 5 7 Master network 6 6 Menus diagnostics 3 12 diff modes 3 13 display contrast 3 7 main menu 3 3 power failure 3 5 press calibration 3 12 press integral 3 13 pump status 3 7 refill 3 5 Second Menu 3 12 selecting 3 3 serial options 3 7 total volume reset 3 11 Modes of operation 3 17 M
105. 48 hours at constant temperature PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE TEMPERATURE DRIFT 6 895 kPa 5 to 40 C 0 0 12 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 102 93 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 1 30 0 020 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all D Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure e Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shutoff and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings fF 1 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 5 260D Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSIONS PUMP CONTROLLER 27 18 cm 27 18 cm 46 74 cm 30 48 cm 101 09 cm 13 59 cm Width Depth Height
106. 5 11 3 Pressure Transducer Calibration for 65D 5 17 b LEA Reset Circuit 2 eh att aah tete fun ae SPS lande 5 19 5 11 5 A D Circuit Adjustment 5 19 5 11 6 Limit Sensor Adjustment 5 19 5 11 7 Limit Sensor Calibration 5 22 xiii D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents Section 6 Serial Interface 61 Introduction eno eL 6 1 6 2 Network Control Communication 6 1 6 3 User written Software 6 3 6 3 1 DASNET oa a eee MER P VER bern 6 3 6 4 Cabling for Serial Control 6 11 6 5 Serial Commands for the D Series Pump 6 12 6 5 1 Get Status Command 6 16 6 5 2 Gradient Download Command 6 18 6 5 8 Gradient Upload Commands 6 18 6 5 4 Range Command 6 22 6 5 5 Error Messages 6 23 6 6 Serial Control Set up 6 23 Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes AT Introduction oaren dun see und e ID 7 1 7 2 Con
107. 55 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DWG NO 0 142 337 SHEET 2 OF 2 REV C DATE 110311 Na PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 2 60 1245 012 MOTOR ASSY W COUPLER 3 209 0169 44 GLAND NUT 1 8 TUBING SSI 4 60 1243 737 TEE 1 8 TUBING INCLUDES ITEMS 3 amp 5 5 6 209 0163 53 FERRULE 1 8 ID HASTELLOY SSI 7 60 1244 313 VALVE ASSY 1 8 TUBING INCLUDES ITEMS 3 amp 5 60 5935 061 COUPLING SHIELD 60 539 55 010 SPIDER 10 209 0169 10 FRONT FERRULE 1 8 ID FOR 500D 1000D VALVE PKG 12 209 0170 04 FITTING NUT 1 8 TBG FOR 500D 1000D VALVE PKG 13 60 1243 742 TUBING 1 8 OD 1 4 X 2 2 FOR 500D VALVE PKG 4 60 1243 746 TUBING 1 8 OD 2 6 LONG 15 209 0163 60 FERRULE 1 8 ID FOR 100D 260D VALVE PKG 17 60 1243 741 TUBING 1 8 OD 1 4X3 4 FOR 1000 2600 VALVE PKG 1 60 1248 157 NUT ASSY 60 1243 557 TUBING TEFLON 085 ID 60 INCHES LONG 209 0169 81 MALE NUT 1 8 TUBING 209 0169 80 FILTER 10 MICRON 60 1244 312 MAIN HARNESS 69 1244 348 SENSOR CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY 69 1245 827 TUBING 1 8 OD 1 4 X 1 9 FOR 10000 VALVE PKG NOTE 1 This list is subject to change without notice A 56 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 12 Single Electric Valve Package 4092 0001 11159 4092 0001 11159 40001
108. 563 ID X 813 UD B W UP RING 65D PRIMARY SEAL RING 65 PISTON BASE 65ML ROCKER SWITCH DPDI 4 AMP FRONT PANEL LABEL 65DM DIR DOI HD DID DR D gt gt gt gt br des D ou bb 9 I 2 13 14 5 6 E 18 E 0 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Teledyne 15 0 Service Department his list is subject to change without notice A 41 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 42 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET 13 OF TELEDYNE ISCO REF Ti PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 5 60 1244 235 GALIBRATED PREAMP ASSY 52 69 1243 465 ICYLINDER CAP SEAL 53 60 1243 29 DELRIN PLUG 54 231 2007 04 ISET SCREW 4 20 X 1 4 CUP POINT For current prices and quotations on parts contact Teledyne Isco Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 7 Power Circuit Board 141 140 139 OQ POWER CIRCUIT BOARD REPLACEMENT PARTS 60 1242 348 137138 136 1 104 158 56 m 160 Ii 5 Y101 P105 P106
109. 7 Q108 and Q109 form an H bridge power amplifier N channel power FETs Q106 and Q108 form the lower half of the bridge P channel power FETs Q107 and Q109 form the top half In addition to the pulse by pulse current limiting for the N channel drivers the P channel FETs are pro tected by a current limiting circuit Considering Q107 as an example the gate voltage is supplied by level shifting transistor Q102 Q102 is connected so that it places a constant voltage about 10 volts across R109 when turned on resulting in a con stant current through the collector This current which also flows through R111 and regulating diode CR103 applies 12 volts to the gate of Q107 which turns it on Filter C127 prevents switching noise from turning on Q107 Current sense resistor R113 applies a voltage to current limiting transistor Q103 If the voltage reaches the base emitter band gap voltage of about 0 6 volts Q103 will turn on reducing the gate voltage of Q107 and regulating the current through Q107 at about 6 amps This usually occurs only in a motor braking situ ation where the braking current would circulate through the top half of the bridge unaffected by the pulse by pulse current lim iting The P channel transistors are not pulsed when the lower half transistors are switched by the PWM signal but remain turned on when the associated N channel transistor is being modulated Q107 up supply is turned on when Q108 up gnd is being puls
110. 8 5 5 1 Gas Solvent Changeover To switch gas solvents 5 5 2 Liquid Solvent Changeover and Flushing To clean the cylinder 0 0010 or more marking the outline of the piston lip then you should replace the wear ring However if the surface is smooth the wear ring does not need replacing After cylinder seal maintenance or during modifier liquid solvent change the pump cylinder should be flushed to remove possible residue The way in which the cylinder is flushed will depend on your pumping system and whether you are pumping a liquefied gas such as CO see Section 5 5 1 or a liquid modifier such as methanol see Section 5 5 2 This procedure is used when changing from one gaseous solvent to another 1 Close the valve on the fluid supply tank so that no solvent is supplied to the system 2 Turn the controller ON 3 Open the pump outlet valve If there was any pressure in the system wait until all the pressure bleeds off Change the solvent tank Close the pump outlet valve Open the valve on the tank to repressurize the system Tl Jy Og am Refill the pump if necessary This procedure is typically used for modifier systems when changing from one liquid solvent to another M Note If high ionic strength aqueous reagent solutions are allowed to remain in the pump solid residues may be formed which will scratch the seals and the polished inner surface of the cylinder of the pump These scratches a
111. 8 Gradient Upload Commands Two pump flow gradient 6 21 6 9 Upload Commands Single pump pressure programming 6 22 6 10 Range Serial Commands 6 22 7 1 Pump inlet connections 7 4 7 2 Pump outlet connections 7 5 7 3 Dual gradient system connections Inlet valves amp C are from refill valve kits 7 7 7 4 Dual gradient connections Detail 7 7 8 1 Check valve package installation 65DM 100D 265D 500D pumps 8 5 8 2 Check valve package installation 10000 pump 8 7 8 3 Air valve installation for 65DM 100DM DX 260D and 500D pumps 8 10 8 4 Air valve installation for 10000 pump 8 11 8 5 Air valve installation for 65D pump 8 12 8 6 Electric valve installation 8 15 9 1 Modifier addition kit installation 9 4 9 2 Two pump modifier system 9 6 1 1 1 2 List of Tables 65D Technical Specifications 1 2 65DM Technical Specifications 1 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Tabl
112. 895 kPa 5 to 40 C 0 15 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 507 38 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 4 00 0 020 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all D Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure e Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shutoff and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings fF 1 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 7 1000D Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSIONS CONTROLLER 27 18 cm 30 48 cm 13 59 cm PUMP 27 18 46 74 cm 102 36 cm Width Depth Height WEIGHT CONTROLLER 2 96 kg PUMP 38 5 kg FLOW RATE RANGE See Figure 1 4 FLOW RATE A
113. Bot 1 BS 15 L 9 2 Actuator 4 Check valve ACCESSORY Sueur 15 ur c o e 1234 1213415 617 8 011 23 4 22222222222222222222222 CONTROLLER REAR PANEL Figure 8 5 Air valve installation for 65D pump 8 12 Inlet from reservoir D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 4 Continuous Flow Electric valves which provide the best positive valve closure are Electric Valves most commonly used in liquefied gas applications Electric valves require the pump controller to be equipped with the valve driver board The max flow rate for the E1000 dual system will tend to have a lower percentage flow rate due to port size restrictions with maximum flow rate equal to that of the E500 system see Table 8 5 Electric Valve Package Numbers E1000 68 1247 109 E500 68 1247 091 E260 E100M E100X 68 1247 090 M Note Electric valves are not available for the 65D pump Please con sult the factory for options 8 4 1 Technical Dual system maximum flow rates under optimal conditions are Specifications approximately 65 of the max flow rate for each pump model Table 8 5 Continuous Flow Technical Specifications Electric Valves Pressure fluctuation at switchover 0 35 bar a
114. CCURACY 0 5 maximum 1 5 ul min seal leakage FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION 1 0 ul min ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION REFILL TIME REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE 25 38 2 5 minutes 1 0 ul min to 408 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 137 9 bar PRESSURE RANGE 0 6895 to 137 9 bar PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature PRESSURE REPEATABILITY 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE 0 25 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature 6 895 kPa 5 to 40 C TEMPERATURE DRIFT 0 12 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 1015 0 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 11 0 0 7 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all D Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure e Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shutoff and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings
115. Connections amp Accessories 201 Introd ction urere Y ege Sid dug QUE RU Loges 2D 1 2D 2 Fluid Connections 2D 1 2D 2 1 Pump Inlet and Outlet 2D 1 2D 2 2 Drain bd ae ru eee ne 2D 2 2D 3 Temperature and Pressure Controls 2D 3 2D 3 1 Cylinder Insulating Cover 2D 3 2D 3 2 Cooling Heating Jacket 2D 4 2D 4 Nitrogen Purge ac sne er LEE Ee 2D 6 2D 5 Flushing the 2D 7 Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3L Introduction RENE 8 1 3 2 General Controller Information 3 1 3 2 1 Display 4 enn an I pa h u see 62 3 2 3 2 2 Selecting Operating Parameters 3 3 3 3 Main Menu Features 3 3 3 3 1 Setting Flow and or Pressure Units 3 4 3 83 2 Refill en 3 5 3 8 8 Power Failure STOP 3 5 3 3 4 Resetting the System 3 6 3 3 5 Display Contrast 3 7 3
116. D 60 1248 183 1000D Key 2 socket 490 0031 54 Inlet outlet connector 2 209 0161 00 Installation procedure 60 1242 183 100DM 100DX 260D 202 2062 23 500D 202 2062 11 1000D 202 2062 35 2A 12 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 2600 Liquid System Connections amp Accessories To install the cooling jacket Reassembling the pump 2A 4 3 Back Pressure Regulation 1 Install the O rings in the grooves of the cooling jacket 2 Lubricate the O rings with soapy water or a light oil to ease assembly of the cooling jacket onto the cylinder 3 Slide the cooling jacket onto the cylinder using a twisting motion M Note It is important that the cooling jacket be installed with the lock ing set screw away from the cylinder cap N CAUTION Be careful not to damage the O rings when pushing them over the threads of the cylinder 1 Place the cylinder cooling jacket assembly over the piston and push rod assembly 2 Screw the assembly into the cylinder housing until the cyl inder no longer turns This indicates that it is snug against the piston 3 Unscrew the cylinder a minimum of turn 4 Line the inlet and outlet cylinder cap ports up as you had them before Turn the cooling jacket ports to the desired location and lock the cooling jacket to the cylinder by tight ening the cooling jacket lock set screw 5 Lock the cylinder by tightening the
117. D Series Pumps Installation and Operation Guide TELEDYNE ISCO Everywhereyoulook Part 69 1243 867 of Assembly 60 1243 766 Copyright 2001 All rights reserved Teledyne Isco Revision Z September 2014 Foreword This instruction manual is designed to help you gain a thorough understanding of the operation of the equipment Teledyne Isco recommends that you read this manual completely before placing the equipment in service Although Teledyne Isco designs reliability into all equipment there is always the possibility of a malfunction This manual may help in diagnosing and repairing the malfunction If a problem persists call or e mail Teledyne Isco technical support for assistance Simple difficul ties can often be diagnosed over the phone For faster service please have your serial number ready If it is necessary to return the equipment to the factory for service please follow the shipping instructions provided by technical support including the use of the Return Merchandise Authori zation RMA specified Be sure to include a note describing the malfunction This will aid in the prompt repair and return of the equipment Teledyne Isco welcomes suggestions that would improve the information presented in this manual or enhance the operation of the equipment itself Teledyne Isco is continually improving its products and reserves the right to change product specifications replacement parts schematics and ins
118. EE TO VALVE STAINLESS STEE BING 09016569 4 OD HS UBING FERRULE 209016568 4 OD GLAND NUT SPEEDB 601243893 VALVE TO PUMP STAINLESS STEEL TU 209016336 4 NPT TO 1 4 TUBING SST 691243518 3 WAY HASTELLOY VALVE W FITTINGS 209009326 SOLENOID VALVE 209016172 8 OD TUBE FITTING 209016173 8 NPT TO 1 4 OD TUBE FITTING lt gt CO Qn 691243514 AIR ACTUATOR 601243892 EE TO CHEC E SST TUBING 209016966 4 OD TUBI SWAGELOK 209016369 4 SST BAC FERRULE SWAGELOK 209016368 4 SST FRO FERRULE SWAGELOK 209016406 CHECK VALVE INGS SWAGELOK 601248184 NLET FILTE Y lt lt DIR NOTE For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 62 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 15 Single Air Valve Package
119. ER 1 3 8 31 48 0 HD D ony WIN oO 4 ds wo 6299 01 FEARING 1 3 8 12 168 GEAR 13 949 EAR KEY 9 12 ER PIN 125 X 75 LONG SST OR SIL 1309 SFORMER ASSY ab E WHEEL ASSY 155492 PAD 02 SUB SOCKET D DM D MO PIP FPO gt MO MO HD HS HS lt gt 1 1101 NOTE For current prices and quotations on parts contact Teledyne Isco Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 40 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts 01242198 NF REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET 12 OF TELEDYNE ISCO REV A PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1244 323 MAIN HARNESS 0 0001 01 CHOKE 330UH 11 AMP 30500 2 PANEL MOUNT BANANA JACK 3 400 7 0 BINDING POST RED 22 BINDING POST BLACK TERMINAL STRIP ASSY OTOR ASSY OTOR BRUSHES PKG OF 2 01 DRIVE CBA MOD 650 FUSE 2 AMP FOR 100 117V UNITS HIELD HOLDER FILTER 6 AMP URGE PAN URGE TUBE RO D 4 1 DER 65DM SYRINGE PUMP 5 RETAINER 65 SEAL
120. Figure 2A 8 Cylinder insulation cover Notches in the cover provide openings for the inlet and outlet tubing and for the cable to the pressure transducer To install the cylinder 1 Install the back cover insulating re 2 Route the cable around tubing through the appropriate Figure 2A 8 tabe 3 Install the front cover and secure the side latches 2A 10 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 4 2 Cooling Heating Jacket To install the cooling heating jacket Figure 2A 9 Removing the pump cylinder An optional cylinder temperature jacket 68 1247 047 is available for use in maintaining cylinder temperatures 30 to 100 C by circulating liquids such as water or water ethylene glycol solution through the 4 upper and lower hose connectors The jacket is very useful for SFC applications where cylinder cooling facilitates pump filling with fluids such as liquid The jacket can also be used with a circulating temperature con trolled bath to keep the fluid inside the pump at a constant tem perature This may be necessary when operating at very low flow rates below 100 ul min where temperature fluctuation can cause flow variations 1 Empty the cylinder Be sure the piston is left fully extended 2 Turn the pump s mains power switch OFF or disconnect the power cord 3 Remove the pump front cover
121. Flow Technical Specifications Electric Valves 8 13 8 6 Accessory Control Digital Outputs 8 16 9 1 Modifier Addition Kit 9 2 xvii D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents xviii D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 1 1 Introduction This manual is intended to help you get your pumps set up and running as quickly and easily as possible 1 1 1 Specifications The technical specifications for the D Series Syringe Pumps are detailed in Tables 1 1 through 1 7 M Note Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all Series D Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Figure 1 1 D Series Syringe Pump 500D shown 1 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 1 65D Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSIONS PUMP CONTROLLER 27 18 cm 27 18 cm 46 74 cm 30 48 cm 101 09 cm 13 59 cm Width Depth Height WEIGHT PUMP CONTROLLER 32 8 kg 2 96 kg FLOW RATE RANGE FLOW RATE ACCURACY 0 01 ul min to 25 ml min for any pressure up to 1379 bar
122. HE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 260 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL TO REFILL KIT STAINLESS STEEL P N 60 1243 689 SPACER P N 60 1243 659 SCREWS P N 231 5143 20 STAINLESS STEEL TUBING P N 60 1243 391 SCREWS P N 231 5143 08 VALVE P N 209 0098 05 TO SYSTEM Figure 2B 4 500D pump outlet valve package installation 2B 4 Temperature and Pressure Controls 2B 4 1 Cylinder Insulating An optional insulation cover P N 68 1247 085 is available to Cover reduce flow noise due to temperature fluctuations and also improve pump performance at flow rates under 500 pl min The cover consists of two pieces which fit over the cylinder as shown in Figure 2B 5 Notches in the cover provide openings for the inlet and outlet tubing and for the cable to the pressure transducer To install the cylinder 1 Install the back cover insulating cover 2 Route the cable around the tubing through the appropriate tabs 3 Install the front cover and secure the side latches 2B 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories Notches for tubing Notch for cable Figure 2B 5 500D cylinder insulation cover 2B 4 2 Cooling Heating Jacket 2B 5 Nitrogen Purge 2B 8 To install the nitrogen purge An optional cylinder temperature jacket P N 68 1247 057 is available for use in maintaining cylin
123. Handbuch geh ren Advertencias y Precauciones Esta se al alerta sobre la presencia de alto voltaje en el interior del producto Esta se al le advierte sobre la importancia de las instrucciones del manual que acompanan a este producto D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices To prevent damaging the instrument or injuring yourself it is absolutely necessary that you understand everything in English above all technical terms before operating the instrument Otherwise it is necessary for you to receive complete instruction from someone qualified who understands both the instrument and English very well Um eine Beschadigung des Gerates oder eine Gefahrdung des Anwenders zu vermeiden ist es notwendig da dieser vollstandig die englische Sprache und die technischen Bezeichnungen beherrscht Oder der Anwender mu von einer Person einge bt werden die bereits vorher dieses Ger t bedienst hat Pour emp cher dommage l instrument ou blesser vous m me il faut absolument que vous compreniez tout en anglais surtout les termes techniques avant d actionner l instrument Autrement il faut que vous receviez l instruction parfaite d une personne tr s comp tente qui comprend bien les deux l instrument et anglais Para prevenir cualquier dano en el instrumento o en el operador es necesario que el usuario comprenda perfectamente el lenguaje ingl s y las t rminos t cni
124. N 68 1247 058 for 100D 260D 68 1247 061 for 500D or 68 1247 104 for 1000D Consult with the factory when configuring 65D pumps for continuous flow Installation and operating instructions for this system are located in Section 8 In this mode the softkeys toggle between the options described in Table 3 1 A pump modifier system includes two D Series syringe pumps regulated by one controller and outlet check valves to prevent system back flow into the pump To connect the 100D 260D pumps you will need a modifier addition kit P N 68 1247 079 Consult with the factory when configuring 65D pumps as a mod ifier system Installation and operating instructions for modifier systems are located in Section 9 In this mode the softkeys toggle between the options described in Table 3 1 A D Series syringe pump controller can run three syringe pumps independently of each other in either constant pressure or con stant flow mode or any combination of the two To set up this option use the procedure detailed below To designate independent control of multiple pumps 3 3 10 Total Volume Reset To reset total volume to zero 3 3 11 Valve To select valve type N D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation Press the orange MENU key Press softkey A MORE Press number 4 MULTI PUMP The multi pump menu will then be displayed Press number 4 INDEPENDENT The controller will set the p
125. NOT INTERCHANGEABLE WITH CONFIGURATION 2 PARTS N ZA THESE PARTS COMPOSE 60159 CONFIGURATION 2 AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE WITH CONFIGURATION 1 PARTS D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DWG NO 60 1242 321 SHEET 2 OF 3 Teledyne SCO Inc REV N DATE 110311 us PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION es PERU Ce Paso seas 8 60 1243 534 PISTON BASE 9 60 1243 348 THRUST BEARING THRUST BEARING INDIVIDUAL ORDER 2 EA 14 69 1243 431 WORMGEAR 2600 1000 16 201 0329 00 BEARING SEE NOTE 3 EXTENDED WORM GEAR 2600 100DX 141 4001 02 411 0311 51 FUSE T 411 0311 62 40 202 9090 15 sear Note 1 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Customer Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice 3 Verify the part number with Isco Technical Service Department D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DWG NO 60 1242 321 SHEET 3 OF 3 Teledyne Leto Ine REV N DATE 110311 4 60 1243 536 WEAR RING S 60 1248 127 BALL SCREW ASSY 100DM 100DX 46 60 1243 608 KEY 1000 100DX 48 60 1244 220 GEAR LUBRICATION ASSY NOT SHOWN 49 60 2254 132 MOTOR BRUSHES ____ 52 202 2062 23 O RING 1 609 ID 139 CROSS SECTION 60 1248 117 60 1245 158 60 60 1245 160 6 60 1245 174 64 60 1244
126. Number 01 LGUL F xx S 01 FL xxx XXXX I Gradient Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Initial Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Gradient Total Flow Rate Units milliliters minute Range 000 0000 Maximum Flow Rate Step Number 01 File 01 99 Step Numbers 02 through 99 LGUL F xx S xx I Gradient Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Initial Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Step Number 02 99 File 01 99 Figure 6 7 Gradient Upload Commands Single pump flow gradient 6 20 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Step Number 01 LGUL F xx S 01 FL xxx xxxx Gradient Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final B Range 00 00 100 0 Initial B Range 00 00 100 0 Gradient Total Flow Rate Units milliliters minute Range 000 0000 Maximum Flow Rate Step Number 01 File 01 99 Step Numbers 02 through 99 LGUL F xx S xx IBS xx xx FBS xx xx D xXxXXX X Bj Gradient Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final B Range
127. Option 3 19 3 91 Compatibility esn LER sea ie 3 20 3 9 2 Hard in zunne ea nae b E den 3 20 3 9 3 Current Loop Output 3 20 Section 4 Theory of Operation Introduction 2 eer Er eN NN ae ie Band 4 1 4 2 Pump Controller eee rr 4 1 4 2 1 Electric Valve Interface 4 6 4 3 Pump Power Supply and Motor Drive Power amplifier 4 7 4 4 Pressure Transducer and Amplifier 4 10 4 5 Automatic Pump Type Indication 4 11 4 6 Optical Indicators Piston Travel Limit Sensors 4 11 Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 L introduction nn are a GUE ave ONES RS 5 1 5 1 1 Service 5 2 5 1 2 How to Ship Returns 5 2 5 1 3 Removing the Case 5 3 2 bubrication wer smerende nd RR Nes 5 3 52 1 Nut eee ee en IE AET 5 4 5 3 Seal Cleaning and Replacement 5 5 5 9 1 The Piston Seal 4 5 cn san armen AG 5 5 5 3 2 Piston Seal Break In Aqueous seals 5 6 5 3 3 other piston seals 5 7 5 3 4
128. PLACEMENT PARTS LIST DWG NO 60 1242 347 SHEET 2 OF 3 REV H DATE 073109 60 1244 334 PREAMP ASSY NITRONIC 60 1244 335 PREAMP ASSY HASTELLOY 209 0163 36 CONNECTOR 1 4 TO 1 4 NPT 316 STAINLESS STEEL 6 6 z o 6 1000 SEAL RETAINER HASTELLOY 7 209 0169 35 GLAND NUT 1 16 ID 60 1248 116 2 3 Ol 1 This list is subject to change without notice no 9 1243 193 1000 CYLINDER HASTELLOY NN 6 9 10 16 19 20 A 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DWG NO 60 1242 347 SHEET 3 OF 3 REV H DATE 073109 34 411 0311 62 FUSE 2 AMP T 35 411 0311 51 FUSE T 39 141 4001 02 SUB D SOCKET 40 60 1243 492 SOAK PAD S OE 41 60 1244 309 TRANSFORMER ASSY OE ROCKER SWITCH DPDT 4 AMP CSA 43 60 1245 162 POWER DRIVE CBA DIGITALLY ENCODED 1000D 44 60 2254 132 MOTOR BRUSHES __ Y OE CAPACITOR 5 f 100VDC 46 60 1244 184 MOTOR ASSY FOR 10000 PUMP fl 48 69 1243 800 COMBINATION GEAR FOR 1000D PUMP 49 69 1243 805 COMBINATION GEAR FOR 1000DX PUMP 52 69 1243 560 GEAR 55 60 1248 183 COOLING JACKET ASSY 1000 O RING 3 109 ID 139 CROSS SECTION NOTE This list is subject to change without notice A 6 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 7 D Series
129. PTFE refill tubing with the filter to the other port of the valve using the nuts and ferrules supplied M Note When connecting to pressurized sources in supercritical fluid applications use the stainless steel tubing without a filter An in line filter is contained in the CO connection package refer to technical bulletin 08 CO Applications and Technical Notes at http www isco com sp_applications techbulletins nut ferrule pre bent 7 SST tubing spacer block PTFE tubing or stainless steel tubing valve filter D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 7 2 2 Outlet Connections Figure 7 2 Pump outlet connections Kit components and connections are shown in Figure 7 2 1 Mount the two way outlet valve on the side of the pump housing opposite the refill valve with the spacer block and screws provided 2 Connect the pre bent SST tubing between one port of the valve and the pump outlet Use the nut and ferrule to con nect the tubing at the outlet and the valve fittings to con nect the tubing at the valve 3 Connect the 5 1 cm length of l tubing to the other port of the valve using the valve fittings 4 Connect the 18 side of the reducing union to the tubing 5 Connect the Me side of the reducing union to the 1 5 m length of 46 tubing This tubing may be cut to an appro priate length 1 8 NUT 1 8 FERRULE
130. Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix LubeWheelb amp w2 tif 170 dpi Pix LubeWheelb amp w1 tif 170 dpi Pix LubeWheelb amp w tif 170 dpi Pix 601242325_A eps Pix AccessPlate tif 170 dpi Pix Fig5 3b tif 170 dpi Pix Fig5 3C tif 170 dpi Pix Fig5 3D tif 170 dpi Pix 601243654 eps Pix 601243949 eps Pix 601248135_ShearKeyTool eps Pix 65DM_bearing_flat tif 170 dpi Pix 65DM_bearing_flat tif 170 dpi Pix 65DM_bearing_roller tif 170 dpi J 69 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 65DM ShearKey eps Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix D_brush_repl eps Pix Zap EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix PreAmpCBA tif 170 dpi Pix BananaPlugs tif 170 dpi JPix 1242217 eps Pix 1242220 eps Pix Fig 6 1 eps Pix Fig 6 2 eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode Swaging_100 260 65DM eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24 Gradient Mode Swaging 500D eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24 Gradient Mode Swaging 1000D eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24 Gradient Mode Valve 2way eps 169 1243 960 Fourth Gen Pump Art 1242124 eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJEC
131. Press the orange MENU key and press softkey A MORE Select 4 MULTI PUMP to access the multi pump menu Then select MIN MOD PRESS by pressing the softkey B To change the minimum modifier pressure press the soft key B and enter the desired minimum pressure using the numeric keypad and press the ENTER key to store the value Then press softkey D again to return to the multi pump menu Once modifier mode has been selected the desired pres sure limits must be set Select number 2 LIMITS from the main menu The pump for which the limits are being set will be shown on the top left of the display LIMITS PUMP A If it is any pump other than pump A press softkey A LIMITS PUMP A will then be displayed Press number 1 to select limits and then 1 again to set the MAX pressure limits Enter the desired maximum pres sure using the numeric keypad and press the ENTER key to store the value Then press softkey D PREVIOUS to return to the limits menu If you need to change the minimum pressure limit press 2 MIN Enter the desired minimum pressure using the numeric keypad and press the ENTER key to store the value 5 Press softkey D PREVIOUS to return to the limits menu 6 Then press softkey D again to return to the main menu and D again to return to the run screen 9 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition 9 5 Refilling 9 8 To refill pump A the pump 7 MODIFIER
132. R101 for Depressurization 1 valve set the maximum current the drive circuit will provide Motor current is switched and regulated by FET 901 901 is mounted on the controller rear panel for the purpose of heat dis sipation The motor current also flows through R204 which is in series with 001 R204 generated the current feedback signal which is a voltage proportional to the motor current Standby Circuit Failure Detection 4 3 Pump Power Supply and Motor Drive Power amplifier D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation The current control circuit includes U202A and the associated resistors They form a linear differential amplifier which is the controlling element in the current control circuit The circuit sub tracts the current feedback signal from the current setpoint signal and amplifies the resulting error signal The current error signal at pin 1 of U202 drives the gate of Q01 through R207 This prevents the motor current from exceeding the amount set by the current setpoint potentiometer When the current setpoint is exceeded the voltage on the drain of Q01 rises This signals the CPU via chip U206 to turn off the motor R205 with C203 con nected to the gate of Q01 provide high frequency stability To ensure valve opening the maximum drive current is increased when the valve open direction is selected The opening current maximum is about 1 5 times the closing current maximum Q202 is turned on when valve open
133. RATE ACCURACY 0 01 ul min to 25 ml min for any pressure up to 689 5 bar 0 3 maximum 0 25 seal leakage FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION 0 01 ul min 1 0 in Constant Pressure Mode ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION 4 825 nl REFILL TIME REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE PRESSURE RANGE 3 5 minutes 0 01 ul min to 30 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 689 5 bar 0 6895 to 689 5 bar PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature PRESSURE REPEATABILITY 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT 0 25 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE TEMPERATURE DRIFT 6 895 kPa 5 to 40 C 0 0 12 of full scale C HUMIDITY 95 maximum CYLINDER CAPACITY 102 93 ml DEAD HEADSPACE VOLUME 1 30 0 020 ml POLLUTION DEGREE INSTALLATION CATEGORY MAXIMUM ALTITUDE NOTES Underwriters Laboratories UL has certified all D Series Pumps with the exception of the 100 Vac versions Using water at 137 9 bar and a temperature controlled environment at 30 C The analog output is an optional accessory Pressure repeatability specification is based upon re zeroing pressure transducer every 48 hours Refer to sub section ZERO PRESS in Section 3 of the manual for re zeroing procedure
134. S for more information 2 Using nitrogen blow out any liquid that remains in the transducer port and tubing 2D 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2D 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 1 Introduction 3 2 General Controller Information Terminology This section will familiarize you with the D Series pump con troller and describe operating the pump under each of the various modes constant flow constant pressure and refill Pump setup and operation is regulated by the D Series controller Operating parameters are entered via the keypad on the front panel of the controller Operating selections are displayed as menu items on the controller screen or are associated with a ded icated key on the controller keypad Operating modes such as CONST FLOW CONST PRESS and REFILL all have such dedi cated keys N WARNING UL Underwriter Laboratories has certified the D Series Controller and Pumps on the basis that explosive chemicals or chemicals that could become explosive under pressure are NOT used The instruments are not explosion proof Use extreme caution when pumping hazardous fluids The following information is intended to familiarize you with controller operation Once you have become familiar with the keypad and the main menu you will find it easy to direct the pumping operations required for yo
135. S SENT TO PUMP A CR IS REQUIRED TO TERMINATE MESSAGE 10030 REM VAR USED O 1 IL Y LI SUM CSUM UNITNUM 10100 OS CHR ASC 0 UNITNUM 10110 IL LEN IS PUT UNIT ID FIRST IN OUTPUT STRING GET LENGTH OF INPUT STRING 10115 REM IF INPUT IS JUST ADD SPACE AND JMP BY CHAR 10120 IF I THEN I I GOTO 10180 10130 O O 10140 Y HEXS IL 10150 IF IL lt 16 THEN YS 00 Y 10160 IF IL gt 16 THEN Y 0 Y 10170 O O Y 10180 O O I 10190 IL LEN O SUM 10200 FOR LI 1 TO IL 10210 SUM SUM ASC MIDS OS LI 1 10220 NEXT LI 10230 REM THIS FINDS THE CHECKSUM 10235 REM THE IS FIRST SUBTRACTED FROM 256 ADD TO OUTPUT STRING OF CHAR IN INPUT STRING IN HEX PAD OUT CHAR IN STRING IF NEED MORE THAN 16 THEN ONLY ONE PAD ADD CHAR TO OUTPUT STRING ADD INPUT STRING TO OUTPUT STRING NEW LENGTH AND CLEAR SUM OUT TO ADD ALL ASCII FOR SUM THE ASCII OF LI ASCII CHAR 10236 REM THEN ANDED WITH 255 TO AND OFF EXTRA BITS 10240 CSUM 256 SUM AND 255 10245 IF CSUM lt 16 THEN O O 0 10250 O O HEX CSUM 10270 RETURN CHECK SUM PAD OUT CSUM IF NEED PUT AT END OF OUTPUT STRING DONE RETURN 20000 REM THIS SUBROUTINE SENDS O TO THE COM PORT 20010 PRINT 2 20020 PRINT 2 O 20030 PRINT 2 CR 20040 RETURN SEND CR TO COM PORT SEND O TO COM PORT
136. Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices EXPLOSION WARNING WARNING Teledyne Isco D Series Pumps SFX 2 10 and SFX 220 Extractors are NOT EXPLOSION PROOF Teledyne Isco SFX System and D Series Syringe Pump Safety Note when using a flammable fluid The Teledyne Isco SFX system and syringe pumps must be placed within a prop erly operating vent hood fume cupboard when using ethane or any other flamma ble gas Ensure that all SFE tubing connections are completely free of any gas leaks by performing the leak test using CO detailed in Section 2 of the D Series pump manual Section 5 of the SFX 2 10 manual and Section 6 of the SFX 2 10 220 and SFX 3560 manual There must absolutely be NO gas leaks present before introducing the flammable gas In a temperature stable leak free system the flow rate as registered by the pump should settle to a value below 0 01 ml min after 15 minutes during a static extraction Important When using a Teledyne Isco extractor either SFX 2 10 SFX 220 SFX 3560 be absolutely sure the built in venting fan a brushless motor is operating properly The Teledyne Isco D Series Syringe Pumps and the SFX units use brush type drive motors Minor modifications to the pumps may render them safer especially in the rare event of catastrophic piston seal failure However these modifications will not make these pumps explosion proof e Remove the front and back cylinder covers located on the ball sc
137. Status D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation The pump conveniently allows you to adjust the screen contrast for your light conditions and viewing angle 1 Press the orange MENU key 2 Press number 6 DISPLAY CONTRAST The display con trast menu Figure 3 4 will be displayed ADJUST THE DISPLAY CONTRAST DEFAULT DOWN PREVIOUS 3 Use softkeys B DOWN or C UP to change the contrast Raising the contrast UP darkens the blue of the writing M Note Due to differences in manufacture some displays will not show an obvious variation when the contrast is adjusted This is nor mal and should not be considered a malfunction The serial option menu allows you to set the baud rate and the unit identification number 1 Press the orange MENU key 2 Press softkey A MORE 3 Press number 1 SERIAL OPTION The serial option menu Figure 3 5 will be displayed BAUD RATE 1200 UNIT 10 6 NEXT BAUD NEXT ID PREVIOUS 4 Use softkey A NEXT BAUD to scroll through the avail able baud rates These are 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 and 19 2K 38 4K 57 6K 5 Use the softkey B NEXT ID to scroll through the avail able ID numbers These are 1 7 Six is the default as this is the unit identifier for the Teledyne Isco LabView soft ware For a complete discussion of serial control refer to Section 6 in this manual This option simply presents the revision
138. Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts This page intentionally blank A 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts A 1 3 500D DX Pump 500D DX HP DWG 60 1242 322 REV M 5000 ONLY 45 2 6 FR 500DR QNLY 44A EON CONFIGURATION 2 e NOTES NTHESE PARTS COMPOSE CONFIGURATION 1 AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE WITH CONFIGURATION 2 PARTS ZAN mese PARTS COMPOSE CONFIGURATION 2 AND ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE WITH CONFIGURATION 1 PARTS A 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST DWG NO 60 1242 322 SHEET 2 OF 3 Teledyne 1560 REV N DATE 073109 6 0 201 4299 02 THRUST BEARING INDIVIDUAL ORDER 2 EA 7 69 1244 415 UNIVERSAL SENSOR HARNESS 69 1243 431 WORM GEAR 60 1243 654 KEY 60 1243 607 SHEAR KEY FOR 500HP ONLY 201 0329 00 BEARING SEE NOTE 3 AT BOTTOM OF PAGE 69 1243 563 EXTENDED WORM GEAR 113 3250 00 CAP 5uF 100 0 69 1243 560 SPUR GEAR 0 Not 150 0006 01 BRAKE 201 1337 00 BEARING SEE NOTE 3 AT BOTTOM OF PAGE NET MET BR Bei _ n 19 EE p e For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Customer Service Department 2 This list is subject to chonge without notice 3 Verify the part number with Isco Technic
139. T LOW PRESSURE 500D CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY Fi 2 EACH ie STEEL FILTER ASSEMBLY INLET HIGH PRESSURE INLET Kiens LOW PRESSURE N TO USE 500D CONNECTOR DISCONNECT AT HEX NUT INDICATED TO USE FILTER ASSEMBLY DISCONNECT AT HEX NUT INDICATED FOR 1 8 TUBING PAR TO USE 1 16 TUBING REMOVE 1 8 HEX NUT AND FERRULE Figure 8 1 Check valve package installation 65DM 100D 265D 500D pumps 8 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation Table 8 2 Continuous Flow Check Valve Package for 100D 260D 500D part 68 1247 059 Qty Part Number Description 3 loose 209 0169 41 18 ferrule 3 loose 209 0169 27 18 nut 2 209 0168 05 18 pipe plug 209 0166 80 18 plug assembly 60 2253 240 Check valve housing analytical standard inlet 60 3864 010 Check valve cartridge 60 1243 519 6 4 cm x 2 5 tubing 2 4 4 4 2 60 1243 518 6 4 cm tubing 1 60 1243 391 1 5 0 125 tubing 2 60 1243 557 1 5 0 085 ID PTFE tubing 60 1243 517 Double check valve housing 8 6 209 0161 01 0 12 male connector 209 0161 36 Tee union for 18 OD tubing 209 0169 42 Reducing tubing connector le to Ae 60 2258 019 209 0169 81 209 0169 80 Nut assembly Male nut for 18 tubing 10 u replacement filter D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction
140. TS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24 Gradient Mode 601242125 outlet eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24 Gradient Mode 60 0022 027 A eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode CV_Stand eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122_Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode mixerCU eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122_Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode in line filter_2 eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122_Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode PG_HomeScreen eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode SetFlow eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122_Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode Pressure eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode Flow eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode FG_HomeScreen eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode SetFlow eps J Macfiles 1 PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects L7XXX LIT PROJECTS L7122 Technical Bulle tins TB24_Gradient_Mode Flow eps J Macfiles PDG105_Syringe Pump Projects
141. This plug connects the control cable from the pump rear panel This con nection should be secured with the thumbscrews IMPORTANT The pump A connector is the only input power connector on the rear panel of the controller During single pump operation the pump must be attached to this connector to supply power to the controller A WARNING Do not connect or disconnect the control cable when the pump is con nected to the mains voltage PUMP B This connector is only used during multiple pump operation The control cable from the rear panel of the second pump is attached to this connector PUMP C This connector is only used during multiple pump operation The control cable from the rear panel of the third pump is attached to this connector ACCESSORY These terminals allow connection of input and output signals such as ana log controls and external RUN STOP SERIAL TAG This tag indicates the serial number of the instrument CHASSIS GROUND ANALOG OUTPUT Ground point for high static or remote controller installations Optional circuit provides flow rate and volume outputs See section 3 9 SFX220 VALVES Optional circuit provides motor drive for valve operation D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 60 1242 306 Figure 1 7 Pump rear panel connectors Table 1 11 Pump Rear Panel Connectors Item No on Connector Description Figure 1 7
142. Volume in and above the piston seal head clearance at automatic shutoff and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings 1 6 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 6 500D Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSIONS PUMP CONTROLLER 27 18cm 27 18 cm 46 74 cm 30 48 cm 102 36 cm 13 59 cm Width Depth Height WEIGHT PUMP CONTROLLER 33 25 kg 2 96 kg FLOW RATE RANGE FLOW RATE ACCURACY See Figure 1 3 0 5 maximum 1 0 ul min seal leakage FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION 1 0 ul min ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION 31 71 nl REFILL TIME REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE PRESSURE RANGE 2 5 minutes 1 0 ul min to 204 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 258 6 bar 0 6895 to 258 6 bar PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature PRESSURE REPEATABILITY 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT 0 25 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE TEMPERATURE DRIFT 6
143. a impedir qualquer dano no aparelho ou ferimentos parao operador necessario que o utilizador tenha um conhecimento completo da lingua inglesa e dos respectivos termos t cnicos ou seja treinado por uma pessoa que tenha esse conhecimento antes de operar com este aparelho Tia Tnv BAaBns Tov opyavov N YPNOTN ELVAL va yv piCEl AYYALKA 200 OX TIKOUG TEX VIKOUG N VA EKTOL EDTEL ATO OTOLO EXEL TPOVHOLUEVOG EPYAOTEL GTO OPYAVO ALTO gt gt gt gt gt gt B e TAK BB Figyelmeztet s A k sz l k meghib sod s nak valamint a kezel s r l s nek megel z se rdek ben a felhaszn l nak felt tlen l rtenie kell az angol nyelvet ezen bel l a m szaki kifejez seket vagy pedig a haszn latba v telt megel z en a k sz l k kezel s ben m r gyakarlott szem ly ltal t rt n betanit s sz ks ges D
144. age Range 00 00 100 0 Gradient Total Flow Rate Units milliliters minute Range 000 0000 Maximum Flow Rate Step Number 01 LGDL F xx S xx I XX XX D XXXX X File 01 99 Gradient Duration Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Final Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Initial Gradient Percentage Range 00 00 100 0 Step Number 02 99 Figure 6 5 Gradient Download Commands Single pump flow gradient 6 18 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Step Number 01 LGUL F xx S 01 FL xxx xxxx Gradient Duration R 1 0 minut Final B ange 0000 9999 0 minutes Range 00 00 100 0 L Initial B Range 00 00 100 0 Gradient Total Flow Rate Units milliliters minute Range 000 0000 Maximum Flow Rate Step Number 01 File 01 99 Step Numbers 02 through 99 5 Gradient Duration Final B Range 0000 1 9999 0 minutes Range 00 00 100 0 Initial B Range 00 00 100 0 Step Number 02 99 File 01 99 Figure 6 6 Gradient Download Commands Two pump flow gradient 6 19 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Step
145. ainless steel tubing to the port of the 2 way valve 4 Connect the reducing union P N 209 0162 00 to this 5 1 cm tubing 5 Connect the 0 9 m length of 46 tubing between the reduc ing union and your apparatus Cut to the desired length A DANG ER 1 8 NUT P N 209 0169 27 1 8 FERRULE P N 209 0161 48 RISK OF INJURY THE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL v TO REFILL KIT STAINLESS STEL 7 ASSEMBLY TUBING P N 60 1243 658 SPACER P N 60 1243 659 SCREWS P N 231 5143 20 STAINLESS STEEL TUBIN P N 60 1243 322 SCREWS P N 231 5143 08 VALVE P N 209 0098 05 1 16 TUBING P N 60 1243 320 REDUCING UNION P N 209 0162 00 DWG 60 1252 125 REV B o Figure 2A 6 Outlet valve package connection 2A 3 4 In Line Filter Package The optional in line filter package P N 68 1247 011 should be used when it is important to filter flow exiting the pump This package Table 2A 4 contains a 0 5 um filter and tubing 2A 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 2600 Liquid System Connections amp Accessories Table 2A 4 Optional in line Filter Package P N 68 1247 011 Part Number Description 60 1243 231 1 5 m stainless steel tubing 46 OD x 0 020 ID 60 1243 232 0 3 m stainless steel tubing 146 OD x 0 020 ID
146. al Service Department D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST NO 0120232 SHEET 3 OF 3 Teledyne 1550 Ine EM DATE 073109 Parana ar ERT RER am EMITE 41 4001 02 60 1244 193 411 0311 51 FUSE AMP T 411 0311 62 40 60 1244 220 GEAR LUBRICATION ASSY NOT SHOWN _______ 41 60 2254 132 MOTOR BRUSHES 00000000 44 69 1243 717 24T 24 PINION GEAR 49 209 0161 00 MALE HOSE CONNECTOR 51 202 2062 11 O RING 2 109 ID 139 CROSS SECTION 4 O CONFIGURATION 2 PARTS NOT INTERCHANGEABLE WITH CONFIGURATION PARTS 46 60 1244 444 MOTOR MOUNT ASSEMBLY 60 1245 161 60 1245 176 48 60 1244 323 MAIN HARNESS 00000000 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Isco Customer Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice 3 Verify the part number with Isco Technical Service Department D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts This page intentionally blank D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts 1 4 100DM DX and 2600 Pumps 100DX 10 S 800 Ve 2 SN 100DX 260D 100DM OL 100DM 100DX amp 260D PUMPS REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 260D 5 46 NOTES NTHESE PARTS COMPOSE CONFIGURATION 1 AND ARE
147. ale adapter fittings 7 2 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes A gradient pumping system includes high pressure two way valves that connect the pump inlets to fluid reservoirs and the pump outlets to the gradient mixer dual pump system or other apparatus single pump system Each refill kit and outlet valve Two Way package contains one two way valve the gra Valve part dient package contains two The kits contain 209 0098 05 all tubing and hardware necessary for valve installation Following installation the tubing connections must be tested for leaks before any program is run If a leak is found tighten the connection slightly If the leak persists swage the connection again with a new ferrule Refer to Technical Bulletin TB05 Field Verification Procedures at http www isco com sp_applications techbulletins for leak test procedures 7 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes Figure 7 1 Pump inlet connections 7 2 1 Inlet Connections 7 4 Kit components and connections are shown in Figure 7 1 1 Mount the inlet valve on the pump housing with the spacer block and screws provided 2 Connect the pre bent SST tubing from one port of the valve to the pump inlet Use the nut and ferrule to connect the tubing at the inlet and the valve fittings to connect the tub ing at the valve 3 Connect the
148. amiliar with the Teledyne Isco DASNET communications protocol and the serial commands recognized by the pumps e Section describes the DASNET protocol e Section 6 4 describes the proper cabling connections for serial control e Section 6 5 details the serial commands e Section 6 6 details the procedure for placing your controller s in serial control mode Network communications are always initiated by the network Communication controller which is typically a computer Messages from the instruments are in response to messages from the network con troller All information on the network is transmitted as groups of ASCII characters called frames The message frames contain the origin of the message the destination of the message and a checksum to verify the validity of the message D SERIES A CONTROLLER 3 CONTROL COMPUTER CJ f u CET TT I ui a RS 232 C ik 7 CJ TT 2 SYRINGE PUMP Figure 6 1 Single serial network connection example rear view 6 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Each instrument is provided with a method of selecting unit identification numbers and a baud rate For proper operation each instrument must be set to a unique unit identification number see Section 6 6 It is also important that each unit s baud rate is se
149. ar Maximum system backpressure The single pump maximum Valves rated to 10 000 psi 689 5 bar Air supply source pressure 80 to 115 psi 5 5 to 7 9 bar Maximum flow rate ml min Liquids 65 of the single pump A1000 265 2 maximum rate A500 132 6 A260 69 55 A100X 32 50 A100M 16 25 A65DM 19 50 A65 16 25 Liquefied gases 45 of the single pump maximum rate Cylinder cooling jack ets should be used to obtain this rate Temperature range 0 to 40 C Wetted materials in valve packages Air valves Hastelloy PEEK and PTFE Check valves SS316 sapphire ruby PEEK PTFE Tubing and fittings SS316 gold 8 3 1 Dual Air Valve To install the air valve package refer to Figure 8 3 8 4 or 8 5 Installation depending on your pump model 1 Position the valve bases 1 3 cm apart 2 Use the plugs to stopper the ports which will not be con nected DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE 8 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 3 Loosely attach the tubing lengths from the valve assembly to the pumps 4 Allow the bracket to hang vertically place the straps around the pressure transducer caps Tighten the wing nuts 5 Install the four panhead screws on bottom of the bracket Plumbing connections 6 Tighten the tubing nuts 7 Con
150. ar 5 2 1 Ball Nut To lube the worm gear and ball nut Figure 5 1 Precision Thrust Bearing 5 4 The worm and worm gear are lubricated by a lubrication wheel Apply ALMASOL 609 directly to the wheel until it is saturated The wheel may also be directly lubricated by trickling oil into the wheel while the pump is running M Note Use only ALMASOL 609 lubrication on the worm and worm gear Do not substitute The ball screw which drives the ball nut must be kept lubricated with Never seez 1 Remove the case top as detailed in section 5 1 3 and front cover to gain access to all parts requiring lubrication 2 To lubricate the ball nut run the pump until the ball nut reaches its maximum height 3 Apply two beads of lubricant on opposite sides of the ball screw down its entire length The precision thrust bearing on which the ball screw rides is factory lubricated and should not need re greasing D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 3 Seal Cleaning and Before cleaning or replacing the piston or wiper seals the cyl Replacement inder must first be emptied To access the cylinder 1 Run the pump at maximum flow rate until it s empty 2 Disconnect the power cord 3 Disconnect the pump pressure transducer cable from the controller and remove the tubing from the inlet and outlet ports 4 Remove the front cover of the pump 5 Loosen the four cover screws 6 Then loosen the cy
151. arcinogenic biohazardous flammable or radioactive Should these liquids be used it is highly recommended that this application be accomplished in an isolated environment designed for these types of materials in accordance with federal state and local regulatory laws and in compliance with your company s chemical hygiene plan in the event of a spill In all cases when using Teledyne Isco instrumentation prudence and common sense must be used gt D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices AVIS Eviter de r pandre Les liquides qui sont pomp s dans cet instrument peuvent tre canc rig nes hasards biologiques inflammables ou radioactifs Si vous devez utiliser ces liquides hasardeux il est tres recommand que vous le faites a l int rieur d un environnement isol concu pour tels liquides Cet environnement isol devrait tre construit selon les reglements f d raux provinciaux et locaux aussi que le plan de votre organisation qui concerne l v nement d un accident avec les mati res hasardeuses En tout cas utilisez toujours l instrumentation d Isco avec prudence et sens commun ATTENTION Risque de pincement Ce symbole vous avertit que les mains ou les doigts recevront une blessure s rieuse si vous les mettez entre les l ments en mouvement du m canisme pr s de ce symbole ATTENTION viter les usages hasardeux Si vous utilisez cet instrument d une mani re autre que celles qui
152. artie 2 du manuel SFX 2 10 SFX 220 et 3560 Il faut absolument qu il n y ait aucune fuite de gaz avant d introduire le gaz inflammable au syst me A partir d un sys teme a temp rature stable et sans aucune fuite de gaz la valeur du flot qui est indiqu par la pompe devrait se stabiliser une valeur moins de 0 01 ml min apr s 15 minutes pendant une extraction statique Important Quand vous utilisez un extracteur Teledyne Isco SFX 2 10 SFX 220 et 3560 soyez absolument certain que le ventilateur du moteur sans brosses fonctionne correctement Quand vous installez l extracteur assurez vous qu il y a un espace vide de 15 centim tres au moins entre le mur et l arri re de l extracteur pour assurer ventilation ad quate Le syst me SFE et les pompes de s rie D utilisent les moteurs de courant continu Ils poss dent des collecteurs et brosses qui produisent des d charges lectriques tincelles entre eux quand les moteurs fonctionnent normalement Ces d charges aussi bien que celles qui sont produites aux contacts des relais pourraient faire exploser un mixture d air et de gaz inflammable De petites modifications aux pompes peuvent les rendre moins dangereuses surtout dans le cas rare d une panne catastrophique du joint d tanch it du piston Cependant il n y a aucune modification qui fera ces pompes l preuve d explosion Enlevez les couvercles de devant et d arri re du cylindre qui sont situ s sur la
153. as a mixer Table 9 1 Modifier Addition Kit P N 68 1247 079 Part Number 209 0169 47 60 1243 540 209 0169 34 209 0169 35 60 2253 209 60 3864 010 60 1243 516 Description Tee union fitting 46 OD x 12 tubing 46 Ferrule 146 Gland nut Standard check valve housing Check valve cartridge Single check valve housing 209 0169 41 Ferrule zero vol 209 0169 27 18 nut 60 1243 539 OD 1 5 tubing 60 1243 659 Valve spacer 209 0098 05 2 way valve le OD 60 1243 658 Tubing valve inlet 60 1243 644 Tubing check valve 209 0162 10 Reduction union 60 1243 570 Tubing 209 0161 80 Check valve cartridge 60 1243 691 Check valve mixer tubing Appropriate screws and washers also included To install the modifier addition kit D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition The mixing tee union fitting check valves and pre bent SST tubing comes assembled so that you can quickly and easily install it in your system refer to Figure 9 1 For additional convenience this package is pre assembled The only connections you have to make are to the pump outlet ports and the outlet tubing from the tee not provided The PTFE tubing P N 023 0504 02 and filter P N 209 9012 10 from refill kit should be connected to the inlet valve of pump B DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE
154. based on the liquids and pumping conditions being employed The lowest flow rate engenders the most corrosive pumping environment as the deposited film has the longest time to corrode the inside of the cylinder wall The 1000D pump is equipped for cylinder washing The two 18 tubes located on the back of the pump feed the wash gland D Series Syringe Pumps Model 1000D Section 2C 1000 Liquid System Connection amp Accessories N CAUTION The pressure in the wash gland and line should NEVER exceed the system pressure A wash pressure greater than the system pressure may force wash liquid past the pump s main seals and contaminate the delivery fluid Typically a small pump delivers the wash fluid to one of the two 18 tubes The second tube would then be used as an outlet to drain the wash fluid refer to Figure 2C 3 Select a wash fluid that will best flush the cylinder of any residue left by the pumped fluid yet will not damage the seals If the wash pump is con figured to recirculate the wash fluid ensure that you change the wash fluid at regular intervals AN CAUTION If the primary pump seal fails the pressure of the delivery fluid will be exerted on the secondary wash gland seal M Note See Page 2A 16 for a list of optional seals 1 8 Wash Tubes lt 1 8 Tubing A IN E Pump Outlet Fluid Inlet Fluid User supplied Figure 2C 3 100
155. by loosening the four cover screws two located on each side of the pump 4 Loosen the cylinder lock screw a 14 20 set screw in the front side of the cylinder housing 5 Disconnect the pump pressure transducer cable from the pump and remove the inlet and outlet tubing 6 Unscrew the cylinder from the cylinder housing It may be necessary to use a tubing strap wrench or Teledyne Isco wrenches package P N 68 1247 067 to unscrew the cylin der without marring its outer surface 7 Lift the cylinder up and off the piston and push rod 2A 11 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories OUTLET TUBING INLET TUBING NOT SUPPLIED NOT SUPPLIED CYLINDER LOCK 1 4 20 SET SCREW OUTLET CONNECTOR PORT FRONT COVER INLET CONNECTOR PORT O RING CYLINDER CAP BEG CYLINDER N 9 COOLING JACKET COOLING JACKET LOCK ASSEMBLY 10 32 SET SCREW 5 MIN 2X COVER NS CYLINDER HOUSING PUMP PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CABLE DWG 60 1242 308 Figure 2A 9 Cooling Heating jacket installed Table 2A 5 Packages and Parts Item Description Part Number Temperature control jacket packages for 65D 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D 68 1247 047 500D 68 1247 057 500SP 68 1247 115 1000D 60 5364 199 Temperature control jacket assembly 65DM 100DM 100DX 60 1248 053 260D 60 1248 099 500
156. c rel A 4 ALS GOOD Pump ee ee ent A 8 A 1 4 100DM DX and 2600 Pumps A 12 A 1 5 65D Pump A 16 AL 665 DM oa Gone es A 28 A 1 7 Power Circuit Board A 42 A 1 8 Controller Circuit Board A 46 A 1 9 Analog Output Circuit Board A 50 A 1 10 Interface Circuit Board A 52 A 1 11 Dual Electric Valve Package A 54 A 1 12 Single Electric Valve Package A 56 A 1 13 SST Dual Air Valve Package for 100 260D 500D A 58 A 1 14 SST Dual Air Valve Package for 1000D A 60 A 1 15 Single Air Valve Package A 62 A 1 16 Dual Check Valve Package for 100 260 500D A 64 A 1 17 Dual Check Valve Package for 1000D A 66 A 1 18 Single Check Valve Package A 68 Index List of Figures 1 1 D Series Syringe Pump 500D shown 1 1 1 2 260D flow rate range 1 9 1 3 500D flow rate range 1 9 1 4 1000D flow rate range
157. ckage installation instructions Use the following reference chart to locate the desired section M Note When operating the pump at flow rates at or below 100 ul min it is strongly suggested that a cylinder insulating cover be installed See section 2B 4 1 Fluid Connection Accessories section 2B 3 Refill kit 2B 3 1 Temperature and Pressure Controls section 2B 4 Cylinder insulating cover 2B 4 1 Cooling heating jacket 2B 4 2 Nitrogen Purge section 2B 5 Optional Accessories section 2B 6 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2B 2 Liquid System The following section provides general information concerning Connections the 500D syringe pump some tips about liquid connections and information about tubing and tubing cutting procedures The accessory package is also discussed 2B 2 1 Ports There are two ports in the cylinder cap The 500D ports come standard with 78 pipe thread fittings Either port can serve as the inlet or outlet As shown in Figure 2B 1 you may plug one port and use a single port as both the inlet and outlet N DANGER PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CAP RISK OF INJURY THE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 260 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE TUBING TOES NASCE Ne APPROPRIATE TUBING AND ma rp CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE EG PLUG MANUAL DWG 60 1242 199 Figure 2B 1 Liquid system plumbing connections for the 500D pump 2B 2 2 500D In
158. cos intrinsecos o bien ser formado por una persona que haya trabajado ya previamente con este instrumento For a forhindre skade pa instrumentet eller operatoren er det nodvendig at brukeren har full forstaelse for det engelske sprak og tekniske uttrykk Ellers ma brukeren fa opplzring av en person som kan engelsk for instrumentet tas i bruk F r att f rhindra skade instrumentet eller operat ren ar det n tv ndigt att anvandaren har fullst ndiga kunskaper i det engelska spraket och dess tekniska termer eller utbildas av en person som tidigare brukat instrumentet gt gt gt gt gt gt gt For at undg skade produktet eller pa brugeren er det n dvendigt at brugeren til fulde forstar det engelske sprog for at forsta den tekniske formulering i den engelske manual modsat fald skal brugeren modtage trzening inden apparatet tages drift D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices Laitteelle tai kayttajalle aiheutuvien vahinkojen v ltt miseksi on t rke ett kayttaja hallitsee englannin kielen ja englantilaiset tekniset termit tai on saanut k ytt opastuksen englantia osaavalta henkil lt Per evitare danni allo strum nto od incidenti all operatore amp necessario che l utilizzatore abbia una completa conoscensza della lingua inglese oppure che venga istruita da una persona che abbia utilizzato precedentemente questo strumento Par
159. creen automatically If you do not wish to select a different pump press softkey D to return to the run screen Press MENU then softkey A for MORE options Press number key 3 to select EXTERNAL control Softkey B will toggle the EXTERNAL mode or OFF If you wish to change the full scale input voltage press soft key A to SET RANGE Then enter the new voltage range between 1 000 V and 11 500 V and press ENTER to store the value This voltage will correspond to the maximum flow rate or pressure value programmed by the LIMITS key amp input 5 DV x ML where DV desired value of pressure or flow rate FS full scale input range ML max limit of pressure or flow rate input external input voltage 3 8 Pressure Example Maximum Flow Rate Example Wire Connections 3 3 9 Multi Pump Continuous Flow constant flow mode D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation The maximum pressure desired is 510 2 ATM maximum allowed by the MODEL 260D with a scale factor of 2 0 volts per 100 ATM The full scale input voltage would be 2 00 V 10 204 volts 100 ATM 510 2 ATM x and MAX PRESS should be set to 510 2 ATM The maximum flow rate desired is 25 0 ml min with a scale factor of 5 0 volts per 20 0 ml min The full scale input voltage would be 5 0 V _ 6 250 volts 20 0 ml min 25 0 ml min x a
160. cted between the 9 pin serial output connector of the computer and the RS 232 C connector on the rear of up to two controllers as shown in Figure 6 2 M Note In order for the network to operate properly all instruments connected to the network must be turned on even if they are not being used Three or more controllers If additional instruments are to be connected in series a special daisy chain cable P N 68 1020 180 will be required The 1020 180 cable is attached to the last connector on the 1020 198 cable shown in Figure 6 2 and then plugged into the RS 232 C connectors on the back of the additional controllers B PUMP C PUMP B PUMP C PUMP e gt D SERIES D SERIES CONTROLLER CONTROLLER Kr CONTROL COMPUTER T E 1200 BAUD 1200 BAUD PUMP C PUMP C CD 2 2 PUMP 8 PUMP RS 232 C PUMP A UE PUMP T LI LI CI CI A PUMP A PUMP RS 232 C ik T e LI V EF DWG 60 1242 216 is 68 1020 198 Figure 6 2 Serial network connection example D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 5 Serial Commands for the D Series Pump Table 6 4 is a list of the serial commands recognized by the pump These commands are the message part of the DASNET protocol The operand always follows the equals sign The REMOTE command must be sent once befor
161. ctrostatic Discharge Level 2 4kV contact discharge B Level 3 8kV air discharge B EN61000 4 3 Radiated RF Immunity 80 MHz to 1000MHz 80 AM at 1kHz A Level 1 1 V m EN61000 4 4 Electrical Fast Transient Level 2 1kV on ac lines EN61000 4 5 Surge on AC Lines 2kV common mode 1kV differential mode EN61000 4 6 Conducted RF on AC lines 150 kHz to 80 MHz 3V rms B 8096 modulated CISPR1 1 RF Emissions Group 1 Class A Industrial Scientific and EN 55011 Medical Equipment EN61000 3 2 3 3 Harmonic Flicker Group1 Class A UJ 0 1 the undersigned hereby declare that the design of the equipment specified above conforms to the above Directive s and Standards as of July 12 1999 Williami Foster USA Representative TELEDYNE ISCO A Teledyne Technologies Company William Foster Director of Engineering Teledyne Isco Inc 4700 Superior Street Lincoln Nebraska 68504 Phone 402 464 0231 Fax 402 465 3799 60 1242 327 RevE DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Application of Council Directive 89 336 EEC The EMC Directive 73 23 EEC The Low Voltage Directive Manufacturer s Name Teledyne Isco Inc Manufacturer s Address 4700 Superior Lincoln Nebraska 68504 USA Mailing Address P O Box 82531 Lincoln NE 68501 Equipment Type Environment Laboratory Equipment for Light Industrial Commercial Environments Trade Name Model No Syri
162. cylinder locking screw 6 Replace the front cover and adjust both covers so they are flush with the cylinder housing 7 Reinstall tubing 8 Reconnect the pump pressure transducer cable M Note Anytime you adjust fittings on the cylinder cap you should re zero your pump s pressure transducer See section 3 5 8 The pump s pressure transducer is a very sensitive strain gage which can be offset as much as 17 2 bar by tightening fittings DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE THE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories To install the back pressure regulator Two back pressure regulators are available from Teledyne Isco a 7 bar P N 209 9012 22 or a 5 bar back pressure regulator P N 209 9012 21 Both regulators reduce flow noise and improve pump performance at pressures less than 3 5 bar Fittings to connect the tubing to the regulators are supplied 1 Note the arrow on the regulator indicating the fluid direction 2 Connect your tubing not supplied between the pump out let and the regulator using the supplied fittings see Figure 2A 10 Figure 2A 10 Back pressure regulator 2A 5 Nitrogen Purge 2A 14 A thin film of liquid will wet the inside of the cylinder each time the piston travels up the cylinder Cor
163. d to handle steel tubing For quick fixes the tubing may also be cut by hand with the following procedure A jeweler s file goggles and two pairs of pliers are necessary for this oper ation 1 Wear goggles Using a fine jewelers file score the tubing around its entire circumference 2 Secure the tubing with pliers on each side of the score line leaving approximately 46 between each set of pliers and the score line Care must be taken not to squeeze the tub ing too tightly as that will flatten or deform the exterior of the tubing 3 With the pliers bend the tubing back and forth to cause cracking at the score line The bending should be done in two places to reduce the chance of squashing the tubing 4 It may be necessary to deburr the outside of the tubing ends with the file Make sure the tubing ends are clean and the inner bore is clear before installing the cut tube M Note It is often impossible to remove a burr that blocks the inner bore The 500D accessory package P N 60 1249 016 contains the items listed in Table 2B 1 These are included for your conve nience to aid in operation of your pump Table 2B 1 500D Accessory Package P N 60 1249 016 Part Number Description 202 9091 56 Heavy duty graphite filled seal 60 1244 271 Lubrication kit 490 0031 25 18 short arm socket screw key 029 0712 02 0 9 m 14 ID Tygon R 1000 tubing The overflow outlet on the pump cylinder provides a
164. ded and the pump is running The run screen which varies depending on the mode you have set displays current information about your pumping operation There is a great deal of information displayed in a small amount of space The following paragraphs describe the display line by line Line One No matter what mode you are in the first line of the run screen is always the same Active Pump Volume Remaining Actual Pressure PGa 000 mL MIN PSI XXX XX ml Actual Flow Rate Current Mode Line Two The second line varies slightly depending on the operating mode A file or step will only be displayed when oper ating in the gradient mode Elapsed Time STOPPED FILE STEP 000 00 00 Step of program running or Status loaded file number 3 2 2 Selecting Operating Parameters 3 3 Main Menu Features Figure 3 1 Main menu D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation Line Three Line three varies depending on the mode the rate and units are set by the user so these will vary depending on your programming requirements The ending time will always be displayed on this line Ending Time Current Pressure 7 PS MIN FINAL PSI 00 00 00 Final Pressure Rate Line Four Line four varies depending on the mode The options presented on this line are softkey selectable i e you use the softkeys A D located under the screen to choose the option There ar
165. der temperatures 30 to 100 C by circulating liquids such as water or water ethylene glycol solution through the hose connectors See section 2A 4 2 for installation instructions A thin film of liquid will wet the inside of the cylinder each time the piston travels up the cylinder Corrosive liquids drying in the air can cause the cylinder to corrode This corrosion occurs at varying rates based on the liquids and pumping conditions being employed The lowest flow rate engenders the most corrosive pumping environment as the deposited film has the longest time to corrode the inside of the cylinder wall The 500D pump is equipped with a purge connector Figure 2B 6 The purge connector enables the pump cylinder beneath the piston to be purged with nitrogen which inhibits cylinder corrosion and may increase the useful cylinder life Figure 2B 6 shows a typical purge connection to the purge tube on the back of the pump 1 Attach gas supply by slipping the plastic tube over the purge connector see Figure 2B 6 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2B 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories PISTON PLASTIC TUBE wem 22 CONNECTOR e PURGE CONNECTOR G T Pd CYLIN Figure 2B 6 Purge connector installation 2B 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories
166. dient Refer to Section 7 In the programmed gradient mode the pump can provide the fol lowing types of gradient Two pump concentration gradient 3 17 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 6 1 Constant Flow 3 6 2 Constant Pressure 3 18 e Single pump linear pressure gradients Single pump flow programs Refill Refer to Section 3 3 2 The user may set the refill rate and change it when in the refill mode To set constant flow operation use the following procedure 1 Press the CONST FLOW key on the keypad CFa will be displayed in the upper left corner of the screen This denotes that you will be defining constant flow parameters for pump A If you wish to define parameters for pump B or C press softkey D select pump and then press softkey A B or C to select pump A B or C respectively M Note If the main menu is displayed you must press softkey D under CONST FLOW key 2 Press the A softkey to change the flow rate The words ENTER FLOW RATE will flash on the screen 3 Use the number keys to enter the desired flow rate If you make an error press the CLEAR ENTRY key to delete your last keystroke Each time you depress the CLEAR ENTRY key you will delete one character 4 Press the ENTER key once the desired flow rate is dis played 5 Press the RUN key to begin pump operation Programming a constant pressure operation only
167. direction is selected This places R206 in series with R209 The resulting voltage divider reduces the current feedback signal to 68 of the voltage at R204 The current required to match the feedback signal to the setpoint will be about 1 5 times greater than with Q202 off One section of the 2803 is used to insure that the motor drive is turned off when the microprocessor is not operating The STANDBY signal from the front panel switch turns the open col lector 2803 off when the switch is set to RUN When the switch is set to STANDBY R214 turns the 2803 on The output pulls the gate of Q1 low which turns the motor drive off regardless of the state of the 82C55 output U202C functions as a comparator to monitor the motor drive current The threshold is set at 1 14 amps This current value should never be exceeded in normal operation If a failure occurs in the current control circuit which results in excess current the output pin 8 of U202C will go high This signal will be read by the microprocessor and the user will be notified of the failure The motor drive circuit located in the pump module on the pump power circuit board consists of an input signal isolation circuit a current limiting control circuit and a power amplifier circuit An LC filter which converts the pulse width modulated PWM power signal to a DC motor drive voltage is located near the motor off the circuit board The PWM signal and the direction signal from
168. e 4 Then connect the PTFE tubing with the filter to the bot tom port of the valve using the valve fittings or When connecting to pressurized sources use the stainless steel tubing without a filter Due to the wide variety of pressure sources fittings to connect to the pressurized source are not provided The manual outlet valve package is rated to 689 5 bar It includes those items necessary to connect a shut off valve between the pump and your system process Table 2B 3 lists the contents of the package Figure 2B 4 illustrates the installation 1 2 Attach the valve to the pump tower using the valve spacer and screws provided Screw the male adapter P N 209 0161 01 into the pump outlet DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 260 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE THE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 3 4 Connect the pre bent tubing from the male adapter to the valve using the nuts and ferrules provided Connect the 1 5 m piece of stainless steel tubing to the bot tom port of the valve using the fittings provided This piece of tubing should be cut to the proper length for con nection to your process system Due to the wide variety of applications this pump is used for fittings to connect this tubing to your system are not provided D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2B 5000 Liquid System Connection amp Accessories NPT TO 1 8 TUBING RISK OF INJURY T
169. e 1 4 1000D flow rate range ON STANDBY D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 8 Pump Controller Key Functions Description Two position toggle switch turns controller on and activates drive motor to maintain position Standby disables the drive motor and halts the controlling processor A D Softkeys used to select displayed options PRGM GRAD Program gradient Puts pump in gradient mode and accesses the soft key driven gradient programming CONST PRESS Constant pressure Puts pump in constant pressure mode CONST FLOW Constant flow Puts pump in constant flow rate mode STORE Stores the current program in nonvolatile memory and exits program ming mode LIMITS Displays and allows changes to the maximum and minimum pressure and flow rate limits RAPID PRESS RECALL Rapid pressure Allows rapid pressurization to the stable pressure point and then switches automatically to constant flow Available in constant flow mode only NOTE This feature is automatic i e RAPID PRESS is pressed only once and the user does not enter a pressure although entering a target pressure may speed equilibration Replaces the current program with one recalled from nonvolatile memory ACC CTRL Accessory control Manually operates accessories such as valves ZERO PRESS CLEAR ENTRY Zero pressure Sets pressure display to zero Active only from 750 to 750 psi
170. e 8 1 or 8 2 depending on your pump model M Note Tighten fittings just enough to hold tubing in place Final tight ening will be done after all the tubing and fittings are in place 1 Move the pumps so that the pump bases are about 1 3 cm apart 2 Use the plugs to stopper the ports which will not be con nected to the continuous flow package DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 3 Attach the connectors appropriate to your pump to the 6 4 cm unbent stainless steel tubing lengths and use the 18 nuts and ferrules to attach to the double check valve hous ings 4 Attach the inlet tubing assembly The tubing you use depends upon whether or not your source is pressurized a Pressurized Reservoir Connect the 18 x 1 5 m stainless steel tubing to the bottom of the inlet tee using high pressure valve fit tings M Note The filter and PTFE tubing are not used b Nonpressurized Reservoir Connect the 18 x 1 5 m PTFE tubing to the bottom of each inlet check valve using the ferrule and nut with support spring provided in the package Attach the tub ing to the filter connector and then connect the filter M Note The stainless steel tubing is not used 5 Once the contents of the continuous flow package are totally assembled attach the connectors appropriate for your pump on one side of the assembly to a port Then
171. e HOLD mode 1 Press the RECALL key and use the number keys to enter the number name ofthe gradient you wish to recall Press the Enter key 2 If you enter a number of a gradient which does not exist the controller briefly displays the message FILE NUM BER DOES NOT EXIST It then assumes you will be cre ating a new gradient under that number and displays the program gradient run screen 3 13 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 5 3 STORE The store key is operational when in the programmed gradient mode It is used to save the program gradient parameters and exit the programming parameter entry mode 3 5 4 LIMITS The controller allows the user to set the minimum and maximum flow rate limits the minimum and maximum pressure limits and the maximum rate the pump will run while controlling the pressure in constant pressure mode e When using a single controller to operate multiple pumps you need to select the appropriate pump before setting any pump parameters The available pumps will be displayed above the softkeys These selections corre spond with the connector that the pump control cable is plugged into on the rear panel of the pump controller To select a pump press the softkey under the pump desig nation The top line of the screen will indicate the pump which is currently selected e The high and low limits you set cannot exceed the pump specifications To set t
172. e adapter into the port and finger tighten the fit tings Retighten the 46 nut until it is also finger tight Tighten the 18 nut with a wrench to crimp the ferrule Insert the 46 tubing through the 46 nut until it stops Tighten the 146 nut It is recommended that after tightening the fittings be removed and examined 9 C 24 2 5 Drain Tube The overflow outlet on the pump cylinder provides a means of draining fluid from seal leakage Use the l4 ID flexible tubing included with the accessory package to divert the leakage away from the pump To install the drain tube simply place one end of the tubing over the end of the drip pan outlet shown in Figure 2 3 2 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories Figure 2A 3 Drain tube installation 2A 3 Fluid Connection Accessories The optional accessories discussed in this section are used to make fluid connections from the pump s to another apparatus These include devices such as a CO tank fluid reservoirs etc 2A 3 1 Manual Refill Kit The optional manual refill kit is detailed in Table 2A 1 This kit provides a high pressure 2 way valve which connects to the pump inlet and allows for filling from a fluid reservoir Table 2A 1 Manual Refill Kit Package P N 68 1247 077 Part Number 60 1243 659 209 0098 05 Description Valve spacer 2 way straig
173. e any command that changes the operation of the pump will be accepted When setting a value the serial command will always be fol lowed by an equal sign Table 6 4 Serial Commands Command Description Enter for percentage of modifier ALOG1 Status of the analog voltage input on pin 21 P114 See NOTE 1 ALOG2 Status of the analog voltage input on pin 15 P107 auxiliary DB25 connector and on analog input 3 of the accessory connector See NOTE 1 ALOG3 Status of the analog voltage input on analog input 2 of the accessory connector See NOTE 1 ALOG4 Status of the analog voltage on analog input 1 of the accessory connector See NOTE 1 ALOG5 Status of the analog voltage input on pin 2 P107 auxiliary DB25 connector See NOTE 1 CLEAR Stops all motors sets flow rate and pressure setpoints to zero CONTIN CONST FLOW CONTIN CONST PRESS Puts pump in continuous flow under constant flow mode Puts pump in continuous flow under constant pressure mode CONST FLOW CONST FLOWB CONST FLOWC CONST PRESS CONST PRESSB CONST PRESSC Put pump in constant flow mode Put pump in constant pressure mode DIGITAL Returns the status High or Low of the digital outputs Format is digital xxxxxxxx where x is either L The status order returned corresponds with the outputs 1 8 DIGITAL xxxxxxxx 1 8 Sets the digital output either High
174. e of Contents 1 3 100DM Technical Specifications 1 4 1 4 100DX Technical Specifications 1 5 1 5 260D Technical Specifications 1 6 1 6 500D Technical Specifications 1 7 1 7 1000D Technical Specifications 1 8 1 8 Pump Controller Key Functions 1 11 1 9 Pump Controller Front Panel Label 1 12 1 10 Pump Controller Rear Panel Connectors 1 13 1 11 Pump Rear Panel Connectors 1 14 1 12 Pump Front Panel oen ce edu ee ar ea aan ne 1 15 2A 1 Manual Refill Kit Package 2A 5 2A 2 Cylinder Connection Package 2A 7 2A 3 Manual Outlet Valve Package 2A 7 2A 4 Optional in line Filter Package 2A 9 2A 5 Packages and Parts icici meute ams atie Wan Tr rn 2A 12 2A 6 Seal Selection Chart 2A 16 2A 7 Optional Accessories 2A 17 2B 1 500 Accessory Package 2B 3 2B 2 Refill Kit Package
175. e program press RUN two times M Note When a gradient run is started digital output 8 of the controller ACCESSORY connector will toggle from high to low open to closed for one second Note that an entire gradient program can be removed only by deleting each of its steps one at a time as discussed in Section 7 5 Review Revise amp Hold Options When the last remaining step is deleted the entire file is removed D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 7 4 Dual Pump 7 10 Concentration Gradient Programming Two pump concentration gradients enable proportionate use of two different fluids that combine at the mixer refer to Figures 7 3 and 7 4 This type of pumping uses flow mode FG only A single pump gradient program is based on either pressure or flow and con trolled by either time duration in minutes or rate of change units per minute The controller s memory can contain a total of up to 200 steps One program can contain from 1 to 200 steps When operating in gradient mode any connected pumps not used for gradient are inoperable 1 To access the gradient programming menus press PRGM GRAD then DUAL SYSTEM GRADIENT 1 and CONTINUE C The home screen will appear with FG Flow Gradient in the upper left corner 0 000mL MIN 2 5 013 28mL STOPPED FILE 1 00 00 00 FINAL B PROGRAM EDIT REVIEW OPTION 2 Press PROGRAM A
176. e stainless steel tubing P N 60 1243 391 and appropriate CO connecting fittings If you do not have these fittings a CO cylinder connection package P N 68 1247 043 may be ordered from Teledyne Isco 9 4 9 3 Initial Preparation for Modifier Addition To designate independent control constant pressure mode To designate constant pressure To zero the pumps To fill pump B with modifier D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition When first setting up the D Series pump system under modifier mode the pumps should be zeroed and filled To accomplish this the pumps should first be placed under independent control constant pressure mode Once the modifier system is operating the system does not need to be zeroed before refilling ron Ifthe pumps are running press the STOP key once Press the MENU key Press softkey A MORE Press 4 MULTI PUMP to display the multi pump menu Press 4 INDEPENDENT to designate that the pumps be operated under independent control The number 4 will blink indicating that independent has been selected Press softkey D PREVIOUS twice to return to the main menu Press the blue CONST PRESS key on the front panel key pad Place the pumps in independent control constant pres sure mode as detailed above 2 Be sure the pumps are stopped Disconnect the inlet tubing from the inlet valve of pump Select 2
177. e three ways operating parameters are set from a menu screen using a softkey or pressing a programming option key on the controller keypad Menu Selection The number keys are used to make menu selec tions The menu options will be numbered and demarcated by a period such as 1 UNITS Pressing the number 1 will select the UNITS option and cause the units menu to be displayed Softkey Selection The softkey selectable programming options are displayed on the fourth line of the LCD To select an option press the softkey A D directly under the option The parameter will either toggle or be selected when the softkey is pressed Keypad Selection The programming keys are located on the left side of the controller keypad The pump mode limits and refill are all options that may be selected from the keypad Value Selection The number keys are used to enter all numeric values required for pump operation When a numeric value is required the controller will usually display a blinking message prompting you to enter an appropriate value The main menu Figure 3 1 is accessed by pressing the orange MENU key on the pump controller keypad Once it is displayed use the number keys to select a menu option Selecting an option from the main menu displays the pro gramming parameters for that option These will be presented in menu form When the main menu is displayed press softkey A MORE to view additional programming options To r
178. e unit number to two controllers or designating an incorrect baud rate 6 23 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 24 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 7 1 Introduction Gradient pumping is used in applications requiring time con trolled or rate controlled delivery of a specific volume at a set flow rate or pressure or a two pump flow concentration All Teledyne Isco syringe pump models can be used in gradient mode The model 65D requires special hardware for this Call the factory for complete information You can program the controller to increase or decrease pressure or flow during different steps within a single program by entering a specific value at the beginning and end of each step DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL Tools and Parts for Single Pump System Open end wrenches 14 She 716 38 Manual Refill Valve Kit see Table 7 1 Manual Outlet Valve Kit see Table 7 2 Tools and Parts for Dual Pump System Open end wrenches Wy 96 716 Manual Refill Valve Kit see Table 7 1 two kits required Gradient Mixer Package part 68 1247 080 Table 7 1 Manual Refill Valve Kits Pump Model Part Number 1000D 68 1247 117 500D 68 1247 083 65DM 100DM DX 260D 68 1247 077 65D 68 1247 127 7 1 D Ser
179. e upper and lower limits the pump also allows the user to specify whether they want e the alarm message displayed alarm to sound when the limit is reached the pump to shut down when the limit is reached These features are set using the softkeys A C Pressing these softkeys toggle the feature on and off If you press the softkey once the feature is activated pressing the softkey again turns the feature off The Max Press maximum pressure display on and alarm on options cannot be disabled Display When this feature is on and a limit has been exceeded the pump will automatically flash an over or under limit message on the screen If you do not wish it to do so press softkey A once to toggle this to OFF DISPLAY Alarm When this feature is on the pump will automatically beep a warning when a limit has been exceeded If you wish to disable the beep press softkey B once The display should change to OFF ALARM Shutdown The pump will if you wish shut down pump stop when a limit has been exceeded If you wish to enable this feature press softkey C once The display should change to ON SHUTDOWN When the pump is controlling pressure CONSTANT PRESSURE MODE the flow rate is not set by the operator and may range up to the maximum flow the pump is capable of In some cases it is desired to limit the rate of pumping during 3 15 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independen
180. ed in section 2C 2 Liquid System Connections and proceed directly to your 1000D package installation instructions Use the following reference chart to locate the desired section The following section provides general information concerning 1000D syringe pump some tips about liquid connections and information about tubing and tubing cutting procedures There are two ports in the cylinder cap The 1000D ports come standard with pipe thread fittings Either port can serve as the inlet or outlet As shown in Figure 2C 1 you may plug one port and use a single port as both the inlet and outlet D Series Syringe Pumps Model 1000D Section 2 1000 Liquid System Connection amp Accessories PRESSURE TRANSDUCER RISK INJURY THE PRES TUBING TO VALVE Tawa SURE PRODUCED COULD BE N Ll 138 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL DWG 60 1242 199 Figure 2C 1 Liquid system plumbing connections for the 1000D pump 2C 2 2 1000D Installation Tips e Be sure to keep the tubing as straight as possible at the end as this will make it easier to install the ferrules e Be sure to cut the ends of the tubing squarely Don t leave burrs on the ends of the tubing When installing ferrules on the tubing be sure the tubing extends beyond the ferrule to allow for proper crimping e Ifthe connection is leaking retighten fittings Push the tubing completely into the por
181. ed to drive the piston up Q109 down supply and Q106 are used in the same way to drive the piston down The direction of drive is not necessarily the direction of piston travel For example if the piston is traveling up delivering fluid and the STOP key is pressed the motor will be braked by reversing the direction of drive This bi directional control which allows for quick reversal of piston travel is necessary for pressure control In addition to the direction control logic located on the pump power circuit board some logic is implemented via the software If the motor is reversed while turning at high speed the back EMF will be high enough to cause a current to circulate through the top half of the H bridge sufficient to activate the 6 amp current limit If this occurs and is allowed to continue the voltage across the P channel transistor will increase to a level D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation high enough for the power dissipated by the transistor to destroy the device To protect the high side drivers in this braking con dition control software pulses the direction signal This allows the current to alternately build up to a safe level and decay between pulses limiting the power dissipation of the device Below approximately 800 RPM of the motor the direction signal functions without this pulsing effect and correctly indicates the desired direction of motor drive Pump Type Flow Rate at 800 rpm
182. edyne Isco Attention Repair Service 4700 Superior Street Lincoln NE 68504 USA Mailing Address Teledyne Isco PO Box 82531 Lincoln NE 68501 USA 800 775 2965 lab instruments 866 298 6174 samplers amp flow meters Sales amp General Information 800 228 4373 USA amp Canada Phone Repair service Fax 402 465 3001 Email October 11 2013 P N 60 1002 040 Rev H IscoService teledyne com 236 TELEDYNE ISCO Everywhereyoulook JPix 500D tif 170 dpi Templates_Frame10 Instruction_Manual Artwork Teledyne_Isco_blublk sm eps Pix Zap EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Zap EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix minioncyr bold pdf Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix CENEWS tif 600 dpi Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Pinchpnt EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS Pix Pinchpnt EPS Pix Exclamation Symbol EPS
183. er will be delivered Immediately open the extractant outlet valve s 9 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition 9 10 9 5 1 Remote Start Stop 9 5 2 External Analog Control 9 5 3 Serial Control M Note Flow MUST be established through the system at or before the time EQUILIBRATE is displayed To properly equilibrate the pumps they must be delivering fluid 9 Once the message Running is displayed modifier will be delivered at the selected rate The D Series syringe pump RUN STOP function can be exter nally controlled by switch contact closure on TTL input The input voltage is 5 volts and is internally pulled high RUN The input is level sensitive and must remain High for RUN and Low for STOP The control wire should be connected to terminal 1 and the common wire should be connected to digital ground To use the remote RUN STOP feature first press RUN or force the Run Stop pin low and then high to start the pumps Thereafter the Run Stop pin will control operation Pressing STOP on the front panel will override the Run Stop pin The pumps can be externally controlled by analog voltage Two wires are required for analog control The analog common or ground wire should be connected to the GND terminal under ANALOG INPUT and the analog control signal or input should be connected to terminal 1 under ANALOG INPUT For more information see section 3 7 ofthe instruction manual The pumps can be
184. eration ls em mE X ae ran 8 17 8 6 1 Continuous Flow Setup 8 17 8 6 2 Continuous Flow Features 8 18 8 7 Operating Tips and Guidelines 8 18 8 8 Special 2 222 222 14 REY ERE 8 19 8 8 1 Remote Start Stop 8 19 8 8 2 External Analog Control 8 19 8 8 3 Serial Control and Monitoring 8 19 8 9 Accessories nrs neee ec ee el 8 20 Section 9 Modifier Addition 9 1 Introduction eisen Ue EI TR 9 1 9 2 Plumbing Kit for Modifier Addition 9 2 9 3 Initial Preparation for Modifier Addition 9 5 9 4 Modifier Addition 9 7 9 5 Refilling kau tien nee auld and dada ene een 9 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents 9 5 1 Remote Start Stop 9 10 9 5 2 External Analog Control 9 10 9 5 3 Serial Control ans he am aS 9 10 Appendix A Replacement Parts Replacement PaptSox co mern Erb IER A 1 A 1 1 D Series Controller A 2 A 1 2 1000D Pump er er
185. ess this board remove the amplifier cover at the top of the pump Connect a valve with inlet tubing and a 10 micron filter to one port of the pump Connect a pressure gauge with a precision of 0 25 accuracy to the second pump port Both the valve and the gauge must be rated above the maximum pressure of the pump Then do the following 1 Fill the pump with fluid 2 With the fittings in both ports tight and the valve open adjust R61 offset on the pressure preamp board for 0 000 0 050 V at TP52 with respect to TP51 3 Press ZERO PRESS and close the inlet valve 4 Put the pump in constant pressure mode Enter a pressure setpoint of 69 bar then press the RUN key 5 When the pressure is stable adjust R53 gain so that the pressure gauge reads 69 3 bar 6 Enter the maximum pressure 7 When the pressure is stable adjust R53 to match the pres sure gauge reading to the pressure setpoint to within 1 7 bar The 65D pump requires a different calibration procedure than that of the other models This procedure requires a 2 Phillips screwdriver a small flat screwdriver and a voltmeter 1 Connect an external pressure gauge to the system 2 Perform a system reset and hard reset on the controller refer to Section 3 3 4 Resetting the System to clear any zero offsets CAUTION Once a system reset has taken place all programs will be erased These cannot be recovered All user set limits and units will be retu
186. essage Step 5 Put a CR 13 at the end of message for end of frame 6 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 8 Hexadecimal Format Using NO MODULO Decimal Format Using NO MODULO Step 1 22FH 52H 33H 53H 54H 50H Step 2 FED1H 100H 22FH Step 3 D1H FED1H amp offH Step 4 Convert D1H to ASCII Hex and put at end of message Step 5 Put a CR ODH at the end of message for end of frame Step 1 559 82 51 48 52 83 84 79 80 Step 2 303 256 559 Step 3 209 303 amp 255 Step 4 Convert 209 into ASCII Hex and put at end of message Step 5 Put a CR 13 at the end of message for end of frame The carriage return CR signifies end of frame The format for frames sent from the unit to the network con troller is as follows acknowledgement message destination length message checksum CR All the parameters are as previously described except message destination Message destination is the 1 digit identification number of the unit that the message is sent to An example of a typical data exchange is summarized below For illustration we will assume the network consists of a computer serving as a combination network controller and master There will be one slave unit a Model 260D pump Details on the pump message format are in section 6 5 The computer will be unit 0 and the pump will be unit 6
187. essor based user interface and motor control system The user interface consists of a keypad label a four line 40 character display and various digital and analog interface connectors located on the rear panel of the instrument Up to three syringe pump modules of various capac ities can be operated independently or in several coordinated configurations The pump controller hereinafter referred to as the controller does not contain a power supply Each pump connected to the controller contains a power supply but the controller is powered D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation 4 2 Microprocessor and Memory Microprocessor Reset Circuit only by the pump connected to the PUMP A connector on the rear panel For this reason care should be taken to remove mains power before connecting or disconnecting the pumps from the rear panel ofthe controller The supplies required are 5 volts for the digital circuitry and 15 volts for the analog interface circuitry Other supplies derived from these using zener diode circuits are 11 volt sup plies for the RS 232 serial interface driver U107 5 2 volt sup plies for the analog to digital A D converter U129 12 volts for the analog input interface and multiplexer U130 and 3 volts for the analog input interface circuit The A D converter voltage reference VREF is generated from the 15 volt supply by U133 with R135 as the adjustment See section 5 11 5 for the adjust
188. et the controller to the saved file gradient type If the selected gradient file does not exist the controller will respond with PROBLEM INVALID OPERAND LGDL F xx S xx Gradient Step Download command This downloads a step from the pump to the PC This command will respond with PROBLEM INVALID if the file or step does not exist The controller will respond with step information if the command is valid Refer to 6 5 2 for complete information on Gradient step download com mands LGUL F xx S xx LIMITS LIMITSB LIMITSC Gradient Step Upload command This transfers a step from the PC to the controller Refer to 6 5 3 for complete information on Gradient step download commands Returns the pressure and flow rate limits LOCAL Returns the instrument to local control Front panel control is enabled and all motors are stopped if control was previously remote MAXFLOWA MAXFLOWB MAXFLOWC MAXFLOWA MAXFLOWB MAXFLOWC Enter to designate the maximum flow rate setpoint Returns the maximum flow rate setpoint 6 13 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Table 6 4 Serial Commands Continued Command Description MAXPRESSA MAXPRESSB MAXPRESSC Enter to designate the maximum pressure setpoint MAXPRESSA MAXPRESSB MAXPRESSC Returns the maximum pressure setpoint MFLOWA MFLOWB MFLOWC Enter to designate the maximum flow limit in con
189. eturn to the run screen press softkey D RETURN 1 UNITS 4 POWER FAILURE 1 2 SELECT PUMP 5 SYSTEM RESET 3 REFILL 6 DISPLAY CONTRAST MORE RETURN A B C D 3 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation The following options are available via the main menu Figure 3 1 Each option is discussed in the separate subsection indi cated Units Section 3 3 1 e Refill Section 3 3 2 e Power failure Section 3 3 3 e System reset Section 3 3 4 e Display contrast Section 3 3 5 e Serial options Section 3 3 6 e Status Section 3 3 7 e External analog control Section 3 3 8 e Multi pump mode Section 3 3 9 e Total volume reset Section 3 3 10 e Valve Section 3 3 11 3 3 1 Setting Flow and or For your convenience the controller allows the user to set the Pressure Units displayed units on the pump See Figure 3 2 PRESSURE UNITS FLOW UNITS 1 ATM 3 PSI 5 mL MIN 7 uL MIN 2 BAR 4 kPA 6 mL HR 8 UL HR PREVIOUS A B D Figure 3 2 Units menu Press the orange MENU key Press number 1 UNITS The units menu Figure 3 2 will be displayed Use numbers 1 4 to select the pressure units ATM BAR PSI kPa Pressing the number associated with the unit will cause it to be displayed on the first line of the screen after PRESSURE UNITS 5 Use numbers 5 8 mL MIN mL HR uL MIN uL HR to set the flow rate units Pressing the number a
190. f the pump D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 1 5 Preliminary Checkout After the electrical connections have been completed follow this brief test of the pump s operation M Note Preliminary checkout of the pump is performed without fluid in the pump M Note If adding a new pump to the controller a hard and soft reset need to be completed 1 Before connecting the line cord make sure the voltage rat ing on the serial tag matches your outlet s voltage Plug in the line cord Set the pump mains power switch to ON Set the controller ON STANDBY switch to ON 2 The display will briefly show the software revision on the first line and the pump model s connected to the control ler on the following lines Figure 1 9 PUMP CONTROLLER ISCO INC REV lt PUMP TYPE gt Figure 1 9 Status Screen 3 Check the upper left corner of the controller screen The current pump mode will be presented in a two letter abbre viation e g CF for constant flow This will be followed by a lowercase letter indicating the current pump e g lower case a indicates that pump A is the current pump The current pump is the one for which parameters are being set a Ifa pump other than pump A is currently selected On the lower right corner of the screen directly over softkey D are the words SELECT PUMP Press softkey D and then softkey A to select pump A The display will automatically switch to the run sc
191. he limits 1 Press the LIMITS key on the keypad To display the Limits menu Figure 3 7 enter the number of the limit you wish to program using the number keys This will cause one of five limit setpoint menus to appear MAX PRESS MIN PRESS MAX FLOW MIN FLOW or FLOW LIMIT The MAX PRESS limit setpoint menu is shown in Figure 3 8 LIMITS CURRENT PUMP 1 MAX PRESS 3 MAX FLOW 2 MIN PRESS 4 MINFLOW _ PUMPA 5 FLOW LIMIT PREVIOUS A B D Figure 3 7 Limits menu MAX PRESS PSI 1 SET PRESS VALUE ON ON OFF DISPLAY ALARM SHUTDOWN PREVIOUS Figure 3 8 Limits setpoint Max Press menu M Note These features are discussed later in this section under Limits Programming Options 2 Press the number 1 key to set the value A message will blink on the right side of the screen prompting you to enter the selected limit 3 Enter the desired limit setpoint using the number keys 4 Press the ENTER key to save the value 3 14 Limits programming options Flow rate limit for pressure control D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation M Note The pump can be set to shut off or not at this limit condition by pressing softkey C under shutdown This will toggle this option to ON 5 To exit the limit setpoint menu press the softkey D PRE VIOUS 6 Once all the limits have been set press softkey D PREVI OUS to return to the main menu In addition to setting th
192. he optical isolator LEDs located in the pump module see section 4 3 Pump Power Supply and Motor Drive Power Amplifier Sections of the 82C54 also determine the rate of motor movement The rate signals return to the microprocessor on pins 24 pump A 25 pump B and 26 pump C If the motor control appears to be functioning properly holds position but the motor will not turn the 82C540s or their connection to the micropro cessor should be checked The motor drive supply voltage is switched between two levels by output pins 18 19 and 20 of U128 for pumps A B and C respec tively Sections of a 2803 U126 invert the signals and drive the voltage switching relays For more information See section 4 3 Pump Power Supply and Motor Drive Power Amplifier In addition to controlling the microprocessor reset function described under Microprocessor Reset Circuit one half of the front panel ON STANDBY DPDT switch is wired in series with the motor enable signal This signal controls the relay which con nects the motor to the motor drive power amplifier When the switch is set to the STANDBY position the motor drive is disabled and the electromechanical brake is applied The microprocessor can also disable the motor drives of all pumps by turning off transistor Q102 which is wired in series with the standby switch Q102 is turned off if a failure of the motor control circuits is detected or if the pump pressure exceeds the pump spec
193. he sys tem pressure 5 If you would like to limit the maximum flow rate during the rapid pressurization phase press softkey B and enter the desired flow rate limit 6 Press the softkey D to continue rapid pressurization This feature is automatic i e the user does not enter a pres sure and the RAPID PRESS key is pressed only once When the HELP key is pressed information regarding the current operation of the pump will be displayed If you are setting parameters a short description about the parameters being prompted will be displayed along with other helpful infor mation Because most pump programming is self documented the HELP messages are limited The ACC CONTROL key will allow you to manually operate accessories such as valves via the Digital Output terminals on the back of the controller 1 Press the blue ACC CTRL key The accessory control menu will be displayed 3 5 8 ZERO PRESS 3 6 Operating Modes D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 2 Use the number keys 1 4 1 A INLET 2 A OUTLET 3 B INLET 4 B OUTLET to toggle the desired valve to either open or closed Numbers 1 4 represent digital output ter minals 1 4 respectively 3 Use the number keys 5 8 to toggle the digital output to either high or low Numbers 5 8 represent digital output terminals 5 8 respectively 4 To exit the accessory control menu press softkey D PRE VIOUS The ZERO
194. heme If the controller gives an improper command the units will respond with a problem message indicating the type of error The format of the message is given in section 6 5 of this manual and specifies the commands used for this instrument It is important to follow this format Spaces are ignored anywhere within the message field Commands must be in uppercase letters The network definition allows multiple commands in a 6 4 Cabling for Serial Control Cable Connections D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface message field when delimited by semicolons but the D Series controller is limited to single commands It will respond with a PROBLEM INVALID COMMAND message The cabling scheme for your system will depend on the number of instruments you need to control The computer is always con nected from the serial port to the serial port s of the D Series controller s it is controlling Each controller is connected to its pumps in the normal fashion i e the pump control cables are attached to the pump A B and C connectors on the rear panel of the pump controller The cable you select to connect your network will depend on the type of serial port your computer has and the number of controllers you wish to connect One or two controllers To connect one controller use cable 480 7996 00 If only two controller are being connected in the network then a single cable 68 1020 198 is all that is required It is conne
195. ht valve 18 OD bracket mounted 023 0504 02 1 5 m 0 065 ID PTFE tubing 60 1243 658 Stainless steel tubing 18 OD x 0 069 ID 209 0161 66 Gland nut 18 OD tubing 209 0161 67 Ferrule 18 OD tubing 209 0169 27 Column nut zero volume 209 0169 41 Ferrule Ver zero voume 209 9012 10 10 micron filter 60 1243 391 1 5 m coiled stainless steel tubing 18 OD x 0 069 ID Appropriate screws and washers also included 2A 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories The package also contains all the tubing and hardware necessary for valve installation RISK OF INJURY THE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL Figure 2A 4 Refill kit installation 2A 6 1 To attach the 2 way valve to the pump housing use the valve see Figure 2A 4 spacer block and screws provided Then connect the pre bent 18 stainless steel tubing from the valve to the pump inlet Use the 18 nut and ferrule to connect the tubing at the inlet and the valve fittings to con nect the tubing at the valve Then connect the 1 5 m PTFE refill tubing with the filter to the port of the 2 way valve using the valve fittings or When connecting to pressurized sources in SFC applications use the 18 x 1 5 m stainles
196. iarize yourself with them before oper ating your continuous flow system Operational Overview When using liquids 9 Temperature changes can cause pressure fluctuations especially if a restrictor is being used for backpressure Pressure limits for continuous constant flow mode are set by the limits of pump A For correct overpressure response overpressure shutdown must be set to shutdown ON under pump limit options Always check the flow rate before pressing the RUN key especially after using the pump in a mode other than continuous flow For example a flow rate can be carried over from independent mode control of pump A Refill rates As a rule of thumb the refill rate should be at least twice the flow rate setpoint in continuous constant flow to allow time for refill and repressur ization before the next switchover The same refill rate should be entered separately for pumps A and B 1 Degas liquids if appropriate Fill both pumps completely Operational Overview When using liquefied gases 8 8 Special Features 8 8 1 Remote Start Stop 8 8 2 External Analog Control 8 8 3 Serial Control and Monitoring D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 3 Zero pressure in each pump requires valves open to atmo sphere 4 Purge air 5 Perform the total volume reset operation as previously described 6 Be sure ON CONT FLOW is disp
197. ies Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes Table 7 2 Manual Outlet Valve Kits Pump Model Part Number 1000D 68 1247 118 500D 68 1247 082 65DM 100DM DX 260D 68 1247 078 65D 68 1247 126 7 2 Connecting the The syringe pump has two ports at the top of the cylinder One System port is used as the inlet for filling the pump and the other as the outlet either port may be used as inlet or outlet Inlet and outlet connections to each pump must be made identically Standard plumbing connections vary between pump models See Table 7 3 for standard port information When making fluid connections that use ferrules be sure to use the ferrules supplied for that pump by Teledyne Isco Push the tubing completely into the connector and finger tighten Then tighten with a wrench to clamp the ferrules onto the tubing Table 7 3 Swaging Detail NUT 5 16 24 1 1 2 TURN PAST 8 Valco C rs FINGER TIGHT NUT 5 16 24 FRONT FERRULE 1 8 NPT a s 3 ATURN PAST BACK FERRULE FINGER TIGHT 27 NUT 7 16 20 1 4 NPT 4 mi lt 1 1 ATURN PAST BACK FERRULE FINGER TIGHT 14 F250C Call Teledyne Isco M Note Pump models 260D 100DM DX and 65DM have a direct con nection as shown in Figures 7 1 and 7 2 on the following page Valve kits for other models include m
198. if stremp in R out out 0x00 else sprintf out 963 3X 96s strlen in in for sum 0 c ptr c_ptr sum c ptr sum 0x100 sum amp OxOFF sprintf c_ptr 2 2X sum output converted string send CR to serial port output converted string to serial port end with a get response output response flush serial buffer to start again dasnet conversion utility point to output put id first add R to output if just R add space to string add char to string add all chars together get check sum insert into string Note Polling is part of the DASNET definition but is not required and is not shown in this example This code was written in TC version 4 5 6 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 6 There are three types of operation within the network network controller master and slave A computer typically serves as the network controller It supervises all data flow on the network It also polls each unit which initiates data transfer and commands The network controller typically a PC should not be confused with the pump controller The network controller is used in addition to the pump controller The slave unit simply responds to commands accordingly The D Series pump functions as a slave unit These functions may be combined in one unit i e
199. ification by 103 4 bar Such failures are indicated on the display by the messages FAILURE POSITION or FAILURE PRESSURE The front panel switch must be set to STANDBY and then to ON to reset the system If the condition was tran sient the pump may then operate correctly If there is a per manent failure the message will repeat The hardware interface for the RS 232 serial interface consists of line driver IC U107 a 14C88 and line receiver IC U110 a 14C89 A non serial digital and analog external interface is implemented on the rear panel ACCESSORY connector The terminals of this connector are used for various purposes The analog output option is described in Section 3 9 4 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation 4 2 1 Electric Valve Interface Valve Motor Control Circuit Description Microprocessor Interface Relays Motor Drive Control 4 6 Incorporated into the Series D Controller is a bus interfaced circuit board for the Electric Valve Package The valve is operated by a direct current permanent mag netic field gear motor The motor provides rotary motion to open and close the valve M Note Electric valves are not available for the 65D pump Please con sult the factory for options The valve is closed to a preset torque determined by controlling the motor current during the closing cycle In this type of motor the output torque is proportional to motor current Therefore current con
200. ing Then cut the excess cable tie and discard M Note Be the sure the circuit board connector is mated pin for pin with jack SCREW CYLINDER LOCK SCREW Ry LOCATED ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF PUMP CONDUIT UPPER LIMIT SENSOR 4 LOWER 17 LIMIT SENSOR Seay POWER Pal BOARD 5 Ly 9 5 MXN PANEL ER e lt gt ae I cy Figure 5 10 Limit sensor replacement 5 20 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair PLASTIC UPPER CONDUIT MOUNT LIMIT SENSOR 2 PLASTIC MOUNT INSTALLED SCREW HOLE am CONDUIT nm M D 6 lt Sn CABLE RETAINER RETAINING TAB CONDUIT c SHOWN SCREWED DIRECTLY TO CASE Pd N LOWER INSTALL n LIMIT f PLASTIC CONDUIT MOUNT SENSOR U USING EXISTING SCREW HOLE on AND SCREW lt 22 SE Figure 5 11 Installing the plastic mounts 8 Be sure that the cylinder is unscrewed several turns If you need to use a wrench we recommend a strap wrench or wrenches in the Teledyne Isco wrench package P N 68 1247 067 for 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D and 65D P N
201. is the area where the actual information is located The maximum length is 256 characters long Checksum is also 2 digit hexadecimal number This number when added to all the previous characters in the message excluding control characters will result in a sum If there are no errors the result of modulo 256 division of this sum should be 0 Examples Hexadecimal Format Using MODULO Decimal Format Using MODULO D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Frame is R304STOPD1 CR R 3 0 4 6 52H 33H 53H 54H 50H D1H 300H 300H MODULO 256 00 It is important to note that all characters are converted to the ASCII equivalent and added except for the checksum The two characters ofthe checksum are converted to hexadecimal numbers and concatenated to form a single two digit number This number is then converted to its ASCII equivalent and added to the end of the message Step 1 22FH 52H 33H 30H 34H 53H 54H 4FH 50H Step 2 2FH 22FH 100H 2R2FH u 100H 22FH 200H 2FH Step 3 D1H 100H Step 4 Convert D1H to ASCII Hex and put at end of message Step 5 Put a CR ODH at the end of message for end of frame Step 1 559 82 51 48 52 83 84 79 80 Step 2 47 559 256 ane 256 559 512 47 Step 8 209 256 47 Step 4 Convert 209 to ASCII Hex and put at end of m
202. k screw is located in the front side of the cylinder mounting block and is a 14 20 setscrew The limit sensor assembly includes two limit sensors the wire harness and connector and a conduit which protects the wires running between the sensors Figure 5 10 Depending upon when your pump was manufactured the protective conduit may be directly fastened to the pump or retained with mounting tabs and cable ties 5 19 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair To install the mounting tabs If the conduit is fastened directly to the case then it must be removed and the plastic mounting tabs included with the limit sensor assembly package should be installed using the existing screws and screw holes a Remove the screws and the conduit b Then use the same screws and holes to install the mounts Be sure the tab portion of the mount is facing away from the sensors as shown in Figure 5 11 the screw aperture is closest to the sensors If your pump already has the plastic tabs installed cut and discard the plastic cable ties which run through the tabs and hold the conduit Remove the four screws holding the limit sensors and unplug the cable from the power circuit board The replacement limit sensor assembly includes both the upper and lower sensor and the plug Install the new limit sensor harness and secure the protec tive conduit by running the cable ties through the mounts and tighten
203. key about 1 2 way into the worm gear Do not push it all the wayin Remove the tool and proceed to the final steps in Section 5 8 4 Follow steps 1 through 5 in section 5 8 Insert the cotter pin into the ball screw and screw the cas tle nut onto ball screw with the slot on castle nut outward as shown in Figure 5 4 Use 34 wrench on the castle nut and rotate the ball screw clockwise until the broken halves ofthe shear key are realigned Figure 5 4 above N CAUTION Never use tools on the ball screw Doing so will render it inop 4 erable and beyond repair Remove the castle nut and cotter pin D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 8 3 Pump Bearings 65DM Only Figure 5 5 65DM Bearing set 5 12 5 Remove the broken shear key halves by gripping them with pliers or vise grips and pulling them out 6 Insert the new shear key into the slot with the gap facing away from the shaft as shown in Figure 5 4 Push the shear key about 1 2 way into the worm gear Do not push it all the way in 7 For 65DM pumps proceed to the next section For all other pump models proceed to the final steps in Section 5 8 4 Follow the step by step instructions in Section 5 8 1 Replacement Using Installation Tool or in Section 5 8 2 Replacement Without Installation Tool Then proceed with the instructions below The 65DM pump has an outer bearing set not included in the other pumps The
204. lay used in the con tinuous flow or modifier option to zero 1 Press the orange MENU key 2 Press softkey A MORE 3 Press number 5 TOTAL VOL RESET The volume will then be reset to zero This feature will designate the type of valves passive active or electric being used for the flow operation If active value or electric is selected the controller will match the pressure more closely before switching delivery pumps 1 Press the orange MENU key 2 Press softkey A MORE D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 4 Second Menu Figure 3 6 Second Menu 3 12 3 4 1 Second Menu Menu Options 3 Press number 6 VALVE The number for the selected valve type will be blinking 4 Press the number 1 2 or 3 key to select a desired option and the number 1 2 3 will blink indicating which valve type is selected 5 To exit this menu press the softkey D PREVIOUS to return to the main menu The Second Menu gives you access to various functions Access the Second Menu by pressing softkey A MORE two times 1 POOR FILL 4 DIFF MODES 2 DIAGNOSTIC 5 PRESS INTEGRAL 3 PRESS CALIBRATION A B D POOR FILL In the constant pressure mode this feature allows you to set a fill point as a percentage of pump volume If this volume percentage is not reached after a refill and re pres surization the system sounds an alarm and stops the p
205. layed on the screen 7 When the pumps start delivering the system will go through an equilibration phase To properly equilibrate the pumps they must be full and delivering fluid during equil ibration phase 8 Press RUN 1 Zero pressure in each pump if empty valves must be open to atmosphere Fill both pumps completely Pressurize both pumps Perform the total volume reset operation Be sure ON CONT FLOW is displayed on the screen Press the RUN key D 0 The following special features may be useful for your continuous flow applications The D Series syringe pump can be externally started or stopped by switch contact closure or TTL input The TTL input voltage is 5 volts and is internally pulled high RUN The input is level sensitive and must remain High for RUN and Low for STOP The control wire should be connected to terminal 1 and the common wire should be connected to digital ground To use the remote RUN STOP feature first press RUN or force the Run Stop pin low and then high to start the pumps Thereafter the Run Stop pin will control operation Pressing STOP on the front panel will override the Run Stop pin Flow or pressure setpoints can be externally controlled by analog voltage Two wires are required for analog control The analog common or ground wire should be connected to the GND ter minal under ANALOG INPUT and the analog control signal or input should be connected to
206. linder lock screw which is a 14 20 set screw located in the front side of the cylinder mounting block 7 You may now unscrew the cylinder If you need to use a wrench we recommend using a strap wrench or the wrenches in the Teledyne Isco wrench package 60 1247 067 for 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D 68 1247 068 for 500D 60 1247 093 for 1000D which will not mar the cylinder s outer surface 8 Once the cylinder has been unscrewed lift it up and off the piston and the push tube 5 3 1 The Piston Seal Sometimes dirt or other solids on the seal can cause leakage Removing and cleaning the seal may stop the leak and a new seal may not have to be used However if you remove and inspect the seal and it does not have any obvious crease or you did not find any foreign material on the seal then the seal must be replaced Check the wear ring See Section 5 4 M Note DO NOT use abrasives while cleaning the piston and piston seal area Scratches caused by the use of such abrasives will cause leaking If either the cylinder or seal has been scratched it must be replaced to maintain flow rate specifica tions M Note If your pump uses polyethylene piston seals be sure to follow the special instruction below for this type of seal Accessing the Piston Seal 1 Unscrew the piston seal retainer Figure 5 2 from the pis ton and remove the seal from it Notice that the spring imbedded in the seal is facing up or is on the top side of the
207. llow leakage which decreases flow rate 1 Press the CONST FLOW key on the front panel of the con troller 2 Press the RUN key You will be asked to designate which pump if more than one is present 3 Press a softkey to run the desired pump 4 Run the pump until the message CYLINDER EMPTY is displayed 5 Place the pump inlet line in a flask containing a compati ble solvent or a detergent solution 6 Press the blue REFILL key 5 6 General Cleaning 5 7 Torque Limiter D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 7 You will be asked to designate the pump to refill if more than one is present Press a softkey to refill the pump 8 Fill the pump and repeat this procedure several times 9 Then place the pump inlet line in a flask containing dis tilled water or appropriate solvent Fill the pump once more and then run it until empty You are now ready to fill the pump with your new liquid solvent M Note Do not leave buffer solutions which contain dissolved salts or are corrosive in the cylinder overnight or for long periods of time The pump should be stored with methanol or isopropanol at least partially fill the cylinder with either solvent and then run the piston all of the way up when it is not being used For general cleaning of the instrument s front panel or enclosure use a mild detergent in water or isopropyl alcohol on a sponge which is mostly squeezed out There are two
208. lso included 60 2253 240 Check valve housing analytical standard inlet 60 3864 010 Check valve cartridge 60 1243 517 Double check valve housing Appropriate nuts ferrules tubing tube reducers and filters also included 69 1243 572 3 way valve 69 1243 574 Air actuator Appropriate nuts ferrules tubing tube reducers and filters also included 60 1244 262 Analog output circuit board assembly 60 1242 277 Assembly instruction procedure 232 1140 00 6 32 Stainless steel hex nut 149 9004 05 Jack socket assembly 24 19 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 20 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2B 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2B 1 Introduction DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 260 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL This section discusses 500D liquid system connections in general and details the accessory package installation It also covers the installation of fluid connection accessories temper ature and pressure control accessories optional kits and attach ments and software options If you are familiar with syringe pumps you may wish to skip over the general information and helpful tips presented in section 2B 2 Liquid System Connections and proceed directly to your 500D pa
209. may provide better sealing at of the general seal Black PTFE graphite filled single point contact 202 9092 75 lower pressure 202 9092 06 202 9092 56 Its chemical compatibility is N A similar to that AQUEOUS 0 689 5 bar White translucent ultra high molecular weight polyethylene 202 9090 77 202 9094 06 202 9094 56 N A This seal has better wetting properties which makes it a good choice for aqueous solutions It is also the best choice for electrochemical detection Note This seal requires a special break in procedure before installation See Section 5 3 2 AMMONIA NH3 NITRIC ACID Note Call the factory for seal availability for the 65D pump 2A 16 0 275 8 bar White virgin PTFE 202 9090 78 202 9091 07 202 9091 57 upper seal 202 9990 26 lower seal 202 9990 24 This is the only seal which is recommended for ammonia D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 2600 Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 8 Optional Accessories Table 2A 7 presents the optional accessories available for use with the 100DX DM and 260D pumps Table 2A 7 Optional Accessories Part Number Description Call Teledyne Isco LabView Virtual Instrument Drivers interfaces D Series Pumps with LabView Software 004 7300 21 Stainless steel 304 tubing OD x 0 020 ID 004 7302 22 S
210. me to corrode the inside of the cylinder wall The 65D pump is equipped with a purge connector Figure 2D 5 The purge connector enables the pump cylinder beneath the piston to be purged with nitrogen which inhibits cylinder cor rosion and may increase the useful cylinder life Figure 2D 5 shows a typical purge connection to the purge tube on the back of the pump To install the nitrogen Attach gas supply by slipping the plastic tube over the Figure 2D 5 purge connector see Figure 2D 5 2D 6 CYLIN D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories PISTON PLASTIC TUBE PURGE CONNECTOR SLIP PLASTIC TUBE OVER PURGE CONNECTOR Figure 2D 5 Purge connector installation 2D 5 Flushing the Pump When changing pumped liquids flush the pump to prevent cross contamination or difficulties with incompatible fluids In comparison to other D Series pumps the 65D has a greater dead volume space due to transducer and tubing differences This dead volume space increases the possibility of residual liquid being held in the pump To flush the pump 1 Remove the transducer and its tubing from the top ofthe pump N CAUTION Liquids expelled by compressed gasses may cause injury Wear eye protection Liquids also may require other personal protective equipment Refer to the applicable Material Safety Data Sheet MSD
211. ment procedure Battery BT101 maintains the static RAM memory for one month without power to the pump if fully charged The battery charging circuit uses diodes CR101 and CR102 to direct power to the memory chips U105 and U106 for memory retention and for normal operation charging The unregulated supply to the 5 volt regulator in the pump is brought to the controller for the purpose of monitoring the transformer secondary This voltage labeled 10 volts at TP112 is divided by R120 and R121 and monitored by the internal microprocessor A D converter When the supply begins to drop as in a power failure the microprocessor detects the drop with enough time to save operating conditions and execute a graceful shutdown The heart of the controller is the INTEL 80C196 embedded microprocessor U104 The operating code or firmware is con tained as 16 bit wide information split into two 8 bit EPROMs U102 low byte and U103 high byte Some static RAM SRAM is built into the microprocessor but the bulk is provided by battery backed SRAMs U105 low byte and U106 high byte also as split 16 bit wide information The microprocessor bus functions as a zero wait state 16 bit wide bus or as a slower 3 wait state 8 bit wide bus The selection is under the control of the chip select or address decoding circuit The wait state gener ation is internal to the processor All peripheral chips other than the RAM and ROM are operated on the slower 8 bit bus
212. mp information G returns a text string that contains current pressure ana log input and digital input information G amp is the Get All command This returns the same information as G plus flow rates units operation status and more Refer to 6 5 1 for a complete description of this serial command IDENTIFY INDEPENDENT Pump responds SERIES 1240 0__ MODEL D PUMP REV__ For each pump REV is the internal pump program software revision For example if the controller was attached to two 100DMs the message would read SERIES 1240 024 MODEL 100DM PUMP SERIES 1240 024 MODEL 100DM REV__ The series number is the original catalog number for the pump type It may not match the production series number on the pump serial label SERIES 1240 024 MODEL 100DM PUMP SERIES 1240 027 MODEL 100DX PUMP SERIES 1240 021 MODEL 260D PUMP SERIES 1240 025 MODEL 500D PUMP SERIES 1240 052 MODEL 1000D PUMP SERIES 1240 063 MODEL 65D PUMP Put pumps in Independent mode IPUMPA 1 IPUMPA 0 IPUMPB 1 IPUMPB 0 IPUMPC 1 IPUMPC 0 Turns the pressure integral control On and Off for the pump indicated 1 ON 0 OFF LGGO LGSL F xx Start Gradient Command This starts a gradient program same as the RUN key This command will check to see if there is a gradient running and respond with RUNNING if there is Select Gradient File Command This selects a gradient file to be run This command will res
213. n expense Canada This ISM apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Ce g n rateur de fr quence radio ISM respecte toutes les exigences du Reglement sur le materiel brouilleur du Canada Name and amount of Hazardous Substances or Elements in the product J gt RR RB 8 J J Ek 7 AeA EW RICH BEE En Hazardous Substances or Elements Component Name 9 ZW XA Pb Hg Cd Cr VD PBB PBDE 2 AX PER X O O O O O Circuit Boards N E BREN x LCD Display eR AS X Capacitor 2 B O O O O X O Wiring R p ARREA O O O O X O Internal Cables R pH X O External Cables H EL X Line Cord RER X O O O X O Transformer BY El AR AT x Front Panel Label MEE X Keypad I y X O O O X DC Motor FRFFEFEYARTANEMKEE Name and amount of Hazardous Substances or Elements in the product CR EUR EB WJ In T GENE MEN EST M MEMRERRUT O Represent the concentration of the hazardous substance in this component s any homogeneous pieces is lower than the ST standard limitation X amp A 2 5 SERE NEER m fe MIER ERRAK BYR IR AE TRE HUE X Repre
214. nd MAX FLOW should be set to 25 0 ml min Two wires are required for analog control The analog common or ground wire should be connected to the GND terminal under ANALOG INPUT of the ACCESSORY connector on the con troller rear panel The analog control or input wire should be con nected to terminal 1 under ANALOG INPUT If two pumps are used with the controller the second analog control or input wire should be connected to terminal 2 under ANALOG INPUT If three pumps are used with the controller the third analog control or input wire should be connected to ter minal 3 under ANALOG INPUT or to auxiliary P11 pin 15 When using one of the multi pump operation modes only the ANALOG INPUT terminal 1 needs to be connected When using multiple pumps there are four multi pump oper ating modes of delivery and an independent mode including Continuous flow in constant flow mode Continuous flow in constant pressure mode Modifier addition in constant pressure mode Modifier addition in continuous flow constant pressure mode Independent mode AD Series continuous flow pumping system in constant flow mode will consist of two syringe pumps and a valve accessory package all regulated by one controller To connect two D Series pumps for a continuous flow pumping system you will need a continuous flow check valve package P N 68 1247 059 or a continuous flow air driven valve package P N 68 1247 129 for 65D 68 1247 058
215. nd the carrier This can delay repair and return of the unit to you 5 1 3 Removing the Case For some maintenance procedures the case top of the pump com Top ponent may need to be removed Use the following procedures N DANGER RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT THE ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING ONLY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL MAY REMOVE THE CASE TOP A DANGER RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE COUPER L ALIMENTATION AVANT LA R PARATION L USAGER NE DOIT PAS D MONTER L INSTRUMENT OU D RANGER LE M CANISME DEDANS ADRESSER LA REPARATION SEULEMENT AUX TECHNICIENS COMP TENTS 1 Locate and remove the four case top screws on the sides of the instrument two on each side of the cabinet 2 Pull the cover straight up and off 5 2 Lubrication M Note The pump is a precision engineered instrument which must be lubricated after two years or every 6 000 strokes whichever comes first to assure proper service life The pump has an easy to access lube wheel that keeps the main gears lubricated during operation See Figure 5 1 configuration 1 or 2 depending on your pump motor type For your conve nience a lubrication kit containing Never seez and ALMASOL 609 lubricants is included in your pump accessory package 5 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair Configuration 1 4 ear unseen Figure 5 1 Gear train lubrication and motor drive service Worm Worm Ge
216. nect the inlet tube to the supply reservoir Connect the outlet tee to your apparatus 8 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation OVERHEAD VIEW SPACER BLOCK 6 32 HEXNUT WINGNUT 6 32 HEXNUT STRAP MOUNT Cao 149 STRAP OUTLET OPTIONAL REDUCING FITTING FOR 1 16 TUBING 1 8 NUT LT 1 8 FERRULE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER TUBING TO VALVE ASSEMBLY H PUMP B 1 8 NUT AND FERRULE FOR 100 260D PUMP i OR i MALE CONNECTOR FOR 500D PUMP STRAP 1 OF 2 SYRINGE PUMP HEAD m HEAD 5 LA LE
217. nect the pump pressure transducer cable from the pump and remove the inlet and outlet tubing 6 Unscrew the cylinder from the cylinder housing It may be necessary to use a tubing strap wrench or Teledyne Isco wrenches package P N 68 1247 067 to unscrew the cylin der without marring its outer surface 7 Lift the cylinder up and off the piston and push rod 2D 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories OUTLET TUBING INLET TUBING NOT SUPPLIED NOT SUPPLIED CYLINDER LOCK 1 4 20 SET SCREW OUTLET CONNECTOR PORT FRONT COVER INLET CONNECTOR PORT O RING CYLINDER CAP ER CYLINDER N COOLING JACKET COOLING JACKET LOCK ASSEMBLY 10 32 SET SCREW 5 MIN r 2X COVER 223 CYLINDER HOUSING PUMP PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CABLE DWG 60 1242 308 Figure 2D 4 Cooling Heating jacket installed Table 2D 1 Cooling Heating Jacket Package P N 68 1247 047 Part Number Description 60 1248 053 Cooling heating jacket assembly 490 0031 54 Key 382 socket 60 1242 183 Installation procedure 202 2062 23 O ring To install the cooling jacket 1 Install the O rings in the grooves of the cooling jacket 2 Lubricate the O rings with soapy water or a light oil to ease assembly of the cooling jacket onto the cylinder 3 Slide the cooling jacket onto the cylinder using a twisting motion M Note
218. necting the System 7 2 7 2 1 1nlet Connections nee te uee mn 7 4 7 2 2 Outlet Connections 7 5 7 2 3 Dual System Gradient Connections 7 6 7 3 Single Pump Gradient Programming 7 8 7 4 Dual Pump Concentration Gradient Programming 7 10 7 5 Review Revise amp Hold Options 7 12 7 6 Program Conclusion 1 7 12 Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 1 Introduction 4 22 24 gu lg dp e era eee ea eee 8 1 8 2 Continuous Flow Check Valves 8 2 8 2 1 Check Valve Technical Specifications 8 2 8 2 2 Dual Check Valve Installation 8 3 8 2 3 Inlet T bing nennen eden esed 8 4 8 3 Continuous Flow Air Valves 8 8 8 3 1 Dual Air Valve Installation 8 8 8 4 Continuous Flow Electric Valves 8 13 8 4 1 Technical Specifications 8 13 8 4 2 Dual Electric Valve Installation 8 14 8 5 User Supplied Valves 8 16 8 6 Op
219. ng Reducer 209 0169 42 100DX DM and 260D Inlet Outlet fittings Valco 78 Nut 209 0169 27 18 Ferrule 209 0094 07 lg Plug 209 0166 80 ls Tubing Reducer 209 0169 42 500D Inlet Outlet fittings lg Tubing Connector to 78 NPT 209 0161 01 lg NPT Plug 209 0168 00 18 Tubing Reducer 209 0162 00 1000D Inlet Outlet fittings 14 NPT Plug 209 0168 09 14 NPT Connector to 1 4 tubing 202 1063 36 Stainless Steel Tubing OD x 0 009 ID 004 7462 51 OD 0 020 ID 004 7300 21 lg OD x 0 069 ID 004 7302 22 D Series Syringe Pumps Table of Contents Section 1 Introduction 1 Introduction usss ee EE 1 1 I31 1 Specifications ere en eni ha hit Let de eet nal 1 1 1 2 Controls and Indicators 1 12 1 3 Unpacking a en banan bid AE PLE are ot Bann 1 16 1 4 Electrical Connections 1 16 1 5 Preliminary Checkout eee en 1 17 Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connec tions amp Accessories 2A Introduction i nr errata Se HB 2A 1 2A 2 Liquid System Connections 2A 2 21 POPES dae Ss aaah re eN ne 2A 2 2A 2 2 Installation Tips 2A 3 2 2 3 Tubing Cutting
220. nge Pumps 650 65DM 65DX 65DXX 65HP 100DM 100DX 100DX2 100DX4 260D 260HP 260DX 260DXX 260SP 5000 50000 500DX 500DXX 500 500HV 500SP 10000 100000 1000DX 1000 DXX 1000HV Year of Issue 1999 Standards to which Conformity is Declared EN 61010 1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use EN 61326 1998 EMC Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use Standard Description Severity Applied Performance Criteria EN61000 4 2 Electrostatic Discharge Level 2 4kV contact discharge A Level 3 8kV air discharge A EN61000 4 3 Radiated RF Immunity 80 MHz to 1000MHz 80 AM at 1kHz A Level 1 1V m EN61000 4 4 Electrical Fast Transient Level 1 on AC lines EN61000 4 5 Surge on AC Lines Level 2 1kV common mode 0 5KV differential mode EN61000 4 6 Conducted RF on and I O 150 kHz to 80 MHz 1V rms A lines 80 modulated EN61000 4 11 Drop Outs and Short Interruptions 0 5 cycle each polarity 100 A CISPR11 RF Emissions Group 1 Class A Industrial Scientific and EN 55011 Medical Equipment gt gt the undersigned hereby declare that the design of the equipment specified above conforms to the above Directive s and Standards as of July 12 1999 William Foster USA Representative Teledyne Isco Inc William Foster Director of Engineering Teledyne Isco Inc 4700 Su
221. nit RECEIVE CHAIN Serial data to next unit RTS CHAIN RTS buffered RS 232 C output of pin 4 input CTS CHAIN CTS chain RS 232 C input is buffered and connected to pin 5 NOTE Only pins 2 3 and 7 are required for serial interface to one controller 6 2 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 3 User written Software 6 3 1 DASNET When designing software to control the D Series pumps you must follow the DASNET communications protocol This protocol allows a number of instruments to be controlled from a single RS 232 C serial port Up to nine D Series controllers may share a single serial data channel with each controller only accepting commands that are meant for it Each pump controller can then control up to three pumps each Figure 6 1 shows a simple system where the PC is connected to the serial port on the rear panel of the pump controller shown sitting on top of the pump module The pump control cable is attached to the pump A con nector on the rear panel of the controller DASNET converts your direct serial commands into a form rec ognizable to our instruments Using a computer language such as C or BASIC serial commands can be entered converted and then sent to your instrument Table 6 2 is an example BASIC language program which per forms the required portion of the DASNET serial protocol Table 6 3 is an example of a C language program which does the same Both of the
222. ns several connectors detailed in Table 1 11 and shown in Figure 1 7 MWe TELEDYNE ISCO REFILL ZERO PRESS ED Figure 1 5 Pump controller key functions Table 1 9 Pump Controller Front Panel Label Item No on Connector Figure 1 5 Description On Standby switch Turns instrument off and on Does not disconnect power Programming keypad Used to program controller Softkeys Labeled A B C or D used to select menu items displayed on the liquid crystal display Liquid crystal display 40 Characters x 4 line Figure 1 6 Item No on Figure 1 6 DWG 60 1242 193 REV A D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction CHASSIS GROUND SFX220 VALVES ANALOG OUTPUT AUXILIARY ACCESSORY DIGITAL DIGITAL GROUND OUTPUT B 4 BEE DIGITAL PUMP B INPUT ANALOG INPUT 0 10 123 gt PUMP A 1197 JUST Pump controller rear panel connectors Table 1 10 Pump Controller Rear Panel Connectors Connector AUXILIARY Description Provides connection for pump external controls and to future accessories RS 232 This serial port connector may be used with an RS 232 cable to place the pump under computer control PUMP A
223. o Delete To delete the current step press DELETE D A deleted step cannot be recovered Used repeatedly this command can be used to delete an entire file Review To review existing program steps press STEP BACK A or STEP FWD B Add New To add a new step between two existing steps nav igate through the program to the step just before your addition Press INSERT C and program the new step Note that the initial value of the next step will default to the final value of the new step and may need to be edited if a dif ferent initial value is needed While Running A gradient program can be reviewed or edited while it is running Simply press EDIT B or REVIEW C to begin If a new step duration is shorter than the elapsed time for that step the program will proceed to the next step If the total flow rate is changed the program will immediately start using the new rate To return to the run screen press RETURN D Hold You can hold running gradient in its current state while retrieving a different program file to run in its place Press Hold and then Recall to access the new program This feature is used mainly in applications where it is necessary to keep the system pressurized during method changes External Start When a gradient program is in Hold mode a momentary low on digital input 2 of the controller ACCESSORY connector will start the program When a gradient program reaches the end there a
224. o the programming screen press STEP FWD B The programming screen will appear with the file number and step number at the top of the screen 7 8 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes PGa FILE 1 STEP 1 STORE TO EXIT 1 INIT OPSI 3 RATE 0 00 51 2 FINAL OPSI 4 DURATION 1 0MIN INSERT DELETE or b FGa FILE 1 STEP 1 STORE TO EXIT 1 INIT 3 0 00 MIN 2 FIN 4 DURATION 1 0MIN INSERT DELETE 6 To set the initial pressure or flow for this step press INIT 1 to activate this parameter Use the number keys to enter the desired value then press ENTER to save it To set the final pressure or flow for this step press FINAL 2 to activate this parameter User the number keys to enter the desired value then press ENTER to save it Set either the desired RATE 3 of change or DURATION 4 in minutes Once one value has been set and saved the other will automatically appear M Note DURATION in minutes can have a resolution of 0 1 with a maximum of 9 999 minutes per step If you want to add another step to the file program press INSERT C The step number will increase by one and the default ini tial value will be the final value entered for the previous step Edit as desired When programming is complete press the STORE key to save the file and return to the home screen To start th
225. off and inlet and outlet ports to the fittings 1 2 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction Table 1 2 65DM Technical Specifications POWER REQUIREMENTS Mains voltage line cord is a Disconnect Device 100 10 Vac 1 5 A maximum 117 12 Vac 1 5 A maximum 234 23 Vac 0 75 A maximum Factory Set LINE FREQUENCY 50 or 60 Hz LINE VOLTAGE NOISE TOLERANCE 1 7 x nominal rms line voltage 10 second pulses any phase angle random or repetitive DIMENSIONS PUMP CONTROLLER 27 18cm 27 18cm 45 0 cm 30 48 cm 103 0 cm 13 59 cm Width Depth Height WEIGHT PUMP CONTROLLER 33 2 kg 2 96 kg FLOW RATE RANGE 0 01 to 30 ml min for any pressure up to 689 bar FLOW RATE ACCURACY FLOW RATE DISPLAY RESOLUTION ANALOG OUTPUT ACCURACY 0 3 of setpoint maximum 0 25 l min seal leakage 0 01 ul min 1 0 in Constant Pressure Mode 1 of selected range DISPLACEMENT RESOLUTION 2 55 nl step REFILL TIME 1 7 minutes REFILL OR DEPRESSURIZATION RATE 0 01 ul min to 40 ml min at any pressure from 0 to 689 bar PRESSURE RANGE PRESSURE ACCURACY 0 6895 to 689 bar 0 5 of full scale at constant temperature 0 1 FS optional PRESSURE REPEATABILITYS 0 5 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature ZERO PRESSURE DRIFT 0 25 of full scale within 48 hours at constant temperature PRESSURE DISPLAY RESOLUTION
226. oint Max Press menu 3 14 3 9 Output range selection jumpers 3 20 5 1 Gear train lubrication and motor drive service 5 4 5 2 Break in procedure for aqueous seals 5 6 5 3 Accessing the shear 5 10 5 4 Shear key 5 11 5 5 65D M Bearing ue nx ee o EE 5 12 5 6 65DM Shear key replacement 5 13 5 7 D Series motor brush replacement 5 15 5 8 65D PreAmp CBA un nat ne en a ae 5 18 5 9 Pressure output jacks pump rear panel 5 18 5 10 Limit sensor replacement 5 20 5 11 Installing the plastic mounts 5 21 6 1 Single serial network connection example rear view 6 1 6 2 Serial network connection example 6 11 6 3 Get Status String Rex oe ene Ire ee 6 16 6 4 Get All Status String 6 17 6 5 Gradient Download Commands Single pump flow gradient 6 18 6 6 Gradient Download Commands Two pump flow gradient 6 19
227. ond with the message to the network controller The next time the master is polled the message would be relayed The same sequence would occur with all messages Since the master and the network controller are combined in this example the relaying of messages is not necessary 6 9 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface 6 10 Unit 6 RO27SERIES 1240 02__ Model __D PUMP REV __XX CR The pump responds with identity and software revision letter In this example 02__ would be 021 Model D would be 260D REV __ signifies the software revision XX would be replaced by the correct checksum which is B4 Network Controller and Master Unit 1 6RO06REMOTEI6 CR This places the pump in the remote mode Unit 6 R 8E CR The pump acknowledges that it accepted the command Network Controller and Master Unit 1 6ROOACONST FLOWFSI CR This puts the pump into constant flow rate mode Unit 6 R 8E CR The pump verifies that it received the message Network Controller and Master Unit 1 6ROO09FLOW 1 00AB CR This sets the pump s flow rate to 1 00 ml per minute Unit 6 8E CR The pump verifies that it received the message Network Controller and Master Unit 1 6R 58 CR Polls the pump Unit 1 8bE CR Pump responds Network Controller and Master Unit 1 6ROO3RUNFO CR The pump is started Unit 1 R 8E CR The pump responds The system is now running and the network controller continues the polling sc
228. one in two places to reduce the chance of squashing the tubing 4 It may be necessary to deburr the outside of the tubing ends with the file Make sure the tubing ends are clean and the inner bore is clear before installing the cut tube M Note It is often impossible to remove a burr that blocks the inner bore 2A 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 2 4 Accessory Package The accessory packages for all pumps 60 1249 012 for 260D 60 1249 028 for 65DM or 60 1249 015 for 100DM DX contain Valco fittings for 18 tubing which allow you to attach tubing to the pump a reducing adapter for use with tubing and the appropriately sized cylinder seals To install the 18 fittings 1 Slide first the 4 nut and then the ferrule over the tubing Figure 2A 2 2 Push the tubing all the way into the port 3 Then hold the tubing in place and tighten the nut 1 8 NUT P N 209 0169 27 1 8 FERRULE AN DA N G E R REDUCING UNION 209 0169 41 209 0169 42 RISK OF INJURY THE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE N as APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 209 0166 80 DWG 60 1242 230 Figure 2A 2 Accessory package installation To install the A6 fittings 1 The reducing adapter must be used Loosen the 46 nut until it is held by a few threads 2 Insert th
229. onitoring flow rate 3 19 Multi pump 3 9 Index 2 continuous flow constant flow mode 3 9 continuous flow constant pressure mode 3 10 independent control 3 10 key functions 3 10 modifier constant pressure mode 3 10 N Network 6 6 Nitrogen purge 2A 14 2B 8 2C 4 2D 6 Noise reduction 2A 10 2B 7 2D 3 Operating modes 3 17 Operational test 1 17 Outlet valve accessory package 2A 7 2B 6 P Parts A 2 A 53 Piston seal 5 5 Plumbing see Liquid connections Poor fill 3 12 Power Amplifier 4 7 Power failure actions 3 5 Power Supply 4 7 Preliminary checkout 1 17 Press integral 3 13 Pressure calibration 3 12 drift 3 17 limits setting 3 14 rapid pressurization 3 16 transducer 4 10 Pump front panel 1 15 independent control 3 10 rear panel connectors 1 14 status 3 7 R Refill kit 2A 5 2B 4 Refill rate setting 3 5 Remote run stop 3 19 8 19 9 10 Repairs 5 2 Replacement parts A 2 A 53 Returning equipment 5 2 5 Safety 1 i 1 ix Seals break in procedure 5 6 cleaning and replacement 5 5 piston 5 5 selection 2A 16 Serial control cabling 6 11 commands 6 12 error messages 6 23 examples 6 7 set up 6 23 Serial options 3 7 Service Department 5 2 Slave network 6 6 Softkeys 3 3 Software continuous flow 8 16 DASNET 6 3 designing your software 6 1 example BASIC 6 4 example C 6 5 LabView 2A 15 3 7 user written 6 3 Solvent changeover 5 8 S
230. or Low where is either L The order responds with the outputs 1 8 DIG CONTROL Returns the status of the digital output control bits as either REMOTE R or INTER NAL 1 The return message format is DIG CONTROL xxxxxx where x is either R or I indicates the corresponding bit is controlled remotely and I indicates the corresponding bit is controlled internally by pump software The status order returned corresponds with the outputs 1 8 DIG CONTROL xxxxxxxx 1 8 6 12 Sets the digital output control bits to either internal or remote where x is either R for REMOTE or I for INTERNAL CONTROL R indicates the corresponding bit will be controlled remotely through the serial port I indicates the corresponding bit will be controlled internally by pump software The order corresponds with the out puts 1 8 Returns the delivering pump s flow rate in continuous pumping mode and modifier addition mode In INDEPENDENT mode it returns the pump A flow rate D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Table 6 4 Serial Commands Continued Command Description Returns the actual flow rate of the pump Returns the actual flow rate of the pump Enter for a flow rate setpoint constant flow mode Format is XXX XXXXXXX ml min Only 5 figures are significant Leading and trailing zeros are not required Gets pu
231. pecifications 1 2 1 3 1 8 Supercritical fluid extraction 9 1 modifier addition 9 7 modifier plumbing kit 9 2 preparation for modifier 9 5 refilling the pumps 9 8 System preliminary checkout 1 17 T Technical specifications 1 2 1 3 1 8 Terminology 3 1 Total volume reset 3 11 Troubleshooting 5 16 Tubing cutting by hand 2A 3 2B 2 2C 2 pre cut 2A 3 2B 2 2C 2 U Unpacking 1 16 Valco fitting accessory package 2A 4 Valve designating as passive active or electric 3 11 user supplied 8 16 D Series Syringe Pumps Index Index 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Index Index 4 NOTICE Disregard the following Declaration of Conformity and Radio Interference Statement if your instrument does not have a CE label on its rear panel Radio Interference Statement FCC This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equip ment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which the user will be required to correct the interference at his ow
232. perior Street Lincoln Nebraska 68504 Phone 402 464 0231 Fax 402 464 4543 60 1242 328 Rev G Teledyne Isco One Year Limited Factory Service Warranty This warranty exclusively covers Teledyne Isco instruments providing a one year limited warranty covering parts and labor Any instrument that fails during the warranty period due to faulty parts or workmanship will be repaired at the factory at no charge to the customer Teledyne Isco s exclusive liability is limited to repair or replacement of defective instruments Teledyne Isco is not liable for consequential damages Teledyne Isco will pay surface transportation charges both ways within the 48 contiguous United States if the instrument proves to be defective within 30 days of shipment Throughout the remainder of the warranty period the customer will pay to return the instrument to Teledyne Isco and Teledyne Isco will pay surface transportation to return the repaired instrument to the customer Teledyne Isco will not pay air freight or customer s packing and crating charges This warranty does not cover loss damage or defects resulting from transportation between the customer s facility and the repair facility The warranty for any instrument is the one in effect on date of shipment The warranty period begins on the shipping date unless Teledyne Isco agrees in writing to a different date Excluded from this warranty are normal wear expendable
233. pply is gen erated by a voltage regulator circuit drawing its supply from the motor supply voltage Zener diode CR102 with diode CR101 and R114 provide the reference base drive voltage for Q101 which is configured in the emitter follower configuration Q101 thus acts as a current amplifier at 12 volts fixed output The remaining transformer windings supply power for and 15 volt 5 regulators and an adjustable 5 volt supply Since the 5 volt supply is used as a reference by the microprocessor A D converter it is adjusted to a tighter tolerance than the 15 volt supplies 4 4 Pressure Transducer To sense cylinder pressure there is a strain gauge built into the and Amplifier cylinder cap The strain gauge is a 120 ohm bridge with a sensi tivity that relates to the pressure The table below lists the approximate sensitivity of each pump model The strain gauge is connected to a 5 00 volt reference supply CR51 and U51B a preamplifier U52 and a final amplifier U51A all located on a circuit board enclosed at the top of the cylinder Pump Model Approximate Sensitivity 1000D 100mV 137 89 bar 500D 100mV 344 8 bar 65DM 100DM DX 260D 100mV 689 5 bar 65D 100mV 1379 bar The pressure amplifier gain is adjusted by R53 to provide a signal of 2 volts per 68 95 bar for the 500D or 1 volt per 68 95 bar for the 65DM 100DM DX and 260D and 0 5 volt per 68 95 bar for the 65D This pressure signal is used for the pressure
234. pump was sent a command before being placed in remote mode See Section 6 5 PROBLEM INVALID COMMAND The command sent was not recog nized by the pump PROBLEM INVALID OPERAND The operand character s following the sign is missing or is incorrect the number was too large PROBLEM PUMP RUNNING The command sent is only valid when the pump is stopped PROBLEM OVERPRESSURE Sent in response to a high or low PROBLEM UNDERPRESSURE pressure limit condition PROBLEM CYLINDER EMPTY Sent when the pump cylinder is empty PROBLEM CYLINDER FULL Sent when the pump cylinder is full PROBLEM NO PUMP Sent when the pump is not present PROBLEM WRONG PUMP MODE Sent when the pump is the incor rect mode for the command Once you have your pumps properly cabled and have your software designed use the following procedure to put your con troller s in serial control mode 1 Press MENU gt MORE and select the SERIAL option 2 Set the unit identification number Each unit on the net work must be set to a unique unit identification number This pump may be set to be unit number 1 to 7 3 Set the baud rate for the pump All units in the network must be set to the SAME baud rate If several units are being configured it is a good idea to place a sticker on the rear of the instrument with the unit number and baud rate listed This will help identify the unit in the future and prevent assigning the sam
235. r keys to enter the desired value then press ENTER to save it 8 Set either the desired RATE 3 of change or DURATION 4 in minutes Once one value has been set and saved the other will automatically appear M Note DURATION in minutes can have a resolution of 0 1 with a maximum of 9 999 minutes per step 9 If you want to add another step to the file program press INSERT C 10 The step number will increase by one and the default ini tial value will be the final value entered for the previous step Edit as desired 11 When programming is complete press the STORE key to save the file and return to the home screen 12 To start the program press RUN two times M Note When a gradient run is started digital output 8 of the controller ACCESSORY connector will toggle from high to low open to closed for one second The flow rates and ramp rate for Pump A in each step will be in direct opposite proportion to the values set for Pump B INIT B FIN B and RATE Note that an entire gradient program can be removed only by deleting each of its steps one at a time as discussed in the next section 7 5 Review Revise amp Hold Options When the last remaining step is deleted the entire file is removed D Series Syringe Pumps Section 7 Gradient Pumping for Pressure Flow and Concentration Modes 7 5 Review Revise amp Hold Options 7 6 Program Conclusion 7 12 While in the programming menu you can als
236. r removing the pump controller and accessories from the shipping carton examine them for signs of shipping damage Be sure no internal parts have shaken loose in transit If there is any shipping damage file a claim with the delivering carrier immediately Compare the contents of the boxes with the enclosed packing slip If there are shortages contact Teledyne Isco immediately The pump controller may be placed on top of the pump as shown in Figure 1 1 Power is supplied to the pump controller through the control cable CAUTION All connections between the pump and controller should be made BEFORE the pump is connected to mains power 1 Connect the pressure transducer cable which originates from the top of the pump cylinder to the nine pin sub D PRESSURE TRANSDUCER connector on the pump rear panel Figure 1 7 Be sure to tighten the thumbscrews 2 Connect the control cable which originates from the pump rear panel to the PUMP A connector on the rear panel of the controller Figure 1 6 and tighten the thumbscrews This cable must be plugged into the PUMP A connector M Important There are three PUMP connectors on the rear of the controller Only the PUMP A connector is wired to supply power to the controller therefore one pump must be attached to this con nector 3 Check the serial number tag to make sure the voltage rat ing of the pump is correct 4 Connect the line cord to the MAINS connector on the back o
237. r to auxiliary P11 pin 17 The purpose of the analog output option P N 68 1247 070 is to provide for analog monitoring of the syringe pump flow rate If two or less pump modules are connected to the controller pump volume delivered can also be monitored via the analog output These outputs are often used with analog based plant or process monitoring equipment 3 19 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 9 1 Compatibility 3 9 2 Hardware 3 9 3 Current Loop Output The hardware for this option includes a rear panel mounted circuit board which is compatible with the D Series 68 1240 026 controller only Three 12 bit digital to analog outputs represent the pump flow rates scaled to the maximum flow rate limits similar to the analog inputs The three jumper selectable output ranges are 0 to 5V 0 to 10V and 5V to 5V These jumpers are accessed by removing the controller case top Four outputs are provided on the circuit board and each output can be set to a different range see Figure 3 9 The controller is shipped with all jumpers set for the 0 to 10V range If less than three pumps are connected to the controller pump volume delivered is provided by the extra outputs The combinations are shown in Table 3 2 The MAX FLOW setting accessed via the LIMITS key sets the fullscale flow rate See Section 3 5 4 For example if the voltage output range is 5 volts and the desired outp
238. re four selectable actions the system can then perform Hold the final value example below e Stop after the final step e Return to the initial value and hold it e Return to the initial value and repeat the program While the system is in gradient mode these options can be edited at any point before or after gradient programming and while a gradient is running To access the options menu from the home screen press OPTIONS D GRADIENT ACTION HOLD FINAL VALUE NEXT_ACTION PREVIOUS To scroll through the four options press NEXT_ACTION A When you have reached the desired option press PREVIOUS D to save and exit D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 1 Introduction AD Series continuous flow pumping system consists of two syringe pumps and a valve accessory package regulated by one controller This system allows you to continuously deliver your liquefied gas or liquid under constant flow or constant pressure mode Continuous flow can be used in either of two modes continuous constant pressure or continuous constant flow Both of these modes assume positive displacement of the piston with the exception of continuous Receive Mode for detailed information about Receive Mode refer to Technical Bulletin TB02 available on the Teledyne Isco web site In any syringe pump continuous flow system there is a flow irregularity which occurs at the time of s
239. re located in parallel on the control circuit board With this connection the most common failures of the optodevice such as a failed LED or a noncon ducting transistor will stop the pump with an indication of cyl inder full or empty The LEDs are wired in series so that an open circuit of either will stop the pump The limit sensors also disable the motor drive through opto cou plers U105 and U106 when a limit is reached The circuit remains enabled to drive the piston away from the limit Motor position feedback to the microprocessor is generated by two optically interrupted sensors which span a rotating etched metal disk This sensor is an enclosed sensor HEDS 5500 II A06 500 line for the 1000D and 65D HEDS 5500 II E06 200 line for all other pump types Two rows of slots in the disk are arranged in quadrature or 90 electrical degrees out of phase with respect to each other When the motor is rotating in the direction which moves the piston up the TACHA signal leads the TACHB signal The order reverses in the opposite direction of rotation The light sensors are integrated circuits which use a photodiode followed by amplification circuitry which drives the output high when light from the LED passes through the disk slots and low when the light is interrupted The 5 volt power supply for all optical sensors originates at the pump but is first passed to the controller and back to the pump to insure that the sensors do not appl
240. reen and a will be displayed in the upper left corner 4 Press the orange MENU key on the controller front panel 5 Press number 6 to set the display contrast Use softkeys B and C to set the optimum contrast for your viewing condi tions Press softkey D PREVIOUS to return to the menu screen 6 Press number 1 to select UNITS 7 Press number 8 to select PSI for the pressure units 8 Press number 5 to select ML MIN for the flow units The first line of the display will show the selected units D Series Syringe Pumps Section 1 Introduction 10 11 12 Press softkey D PREVIOUS to return to the main menu Press softkey D RETURN to exit the main menu Push the blue CONST FLOW key to set the pump mode to constant flow CFa will be displayed in the upper left corner of the screen Press softkey A FLOW RATE The words ENTER FLOW RATE should flash on the display Use the numeric keys to enter 1 0 a flow rate of 10 ml min Press the ENTER key to load this setpoint M Note If you make an error press the orange CLEAR ENTRY key to delete it 13 14 Press the blue RUN key Observe the flow rate displayed on the first line After a few moments the setpoint and flow rate display should match Once the setpoint and flow rate match press the STOP key If more than one pump is connected to the controller you will be prompted to press softkey A to stop pump A B to stop pump B etc Pre
241. requires a few keystrokes Use the following procedure 1 Press the CONST PRESS key on the keyboard CPa will be displayed in the upper left corner of the screen This denotes that you will be defining constant pressure param eters for pump A If you wish to define parameters for pump B press softkey D select pump and then press softkey A B or C to select pump A B or C respectively M Note If the main menu is displayed you must press softkey D under RETURN before pressing the CONST PRESS key 2 Press the A softkey to indicate to the program that you wish to enter the pressure The words ENTER PRES SURE will flash on the screen 3 Use the number keys to enter the desired pressure 3 7 External Control 3 8 Remote RUN STOP 3 8 1 Wire Connections 3 9 Analog Flow Rate and Volume Output Option D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation M Note If you make an error press the CLEAR ENTRY key to delete your last keystroke Each time you depress the CLEAR ENTRY key you will delete back a character 4 Press the ENTER key once the desired pressure is dis played 5 Press the RUN key to initiate pump operation The pump can be externally controlled for pressure or flow rate operation with an analog voltage or through the serial interface Controlling the pump with an analog voltage is discussed in section 3 3 8 The serial interface allows you to control
242. rew tower This will allow any escaped gas to quickly dissipate away from the pump cyl inder area and to reduce the amount entering the motor compartment e Seal the syringe pump motor compartment with tape and purge it with a con tinuous flow of nitrogen N gas This will also reduce the possibility of accu mulating an explosive mixture around the motor and relays For further information telephone Teledyne at 800 775 2965 or fax 402 465 3085 to consult the Teledyne Isco Service Department USE THE Teledyne Isco SFE SYSTEM AND SYRINGE PUMPS IN THESE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS AT YOUR OWN RISK 5 97 D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices AVERTISSEMENT D EXPLOSION AVERTISSEMENT Les pompes de S rie D Teledyne Isco et l extracteur SFX 2 10 SFX 220 et SFX 3560 ne sont pas l preuve d explosion Remarque de s ret concernant l usage d un fluide inflammable avec les pompes a seringue d Isco S rie D et le systeme SFX Le syst me SFX et pompes seringue Teledyne Isco doivent tre plac es l int rieur d une hotte chimique fonctionnelle quand vous utilisez thane ou tout autre gaz inflammable Assurez vous que toute la tuyauterie SFE est compl tement scell e avec aucune fuite de gaz en ex cutant une preuve de fuite en utilisant du Cette m thode est d taill e la partie 2 du man uel de la pompe Serie D et 4 la p
243. rned to the factory default settings 5 17 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair Figure 5 8 65D PreAmp CBA 3 Remove the four screws holding the pump base cover in place and remove the cover to expose the PreAmp CBA Figure 5 8 below ic 4 Connect the voltmeter to J14 left red banana plug on the pump rear panel Figure 5 9 and J16 black center banana plug J14 Figure 5 9 Pressure output jacks pump rear panel 5 18 5 On the PreAmp CBA adjust R6 to 0 VDC 010 at J14 with reference to J16 6 On the controller press ZERO PRESS and zero the pres sure for the appropriate pump 7 Enter a set pressure such as 5 000 psi and run the pump to that pressure On the PreAmp CBA adjust R27 until the pressure gauge reads the set pressure 8 Run the pump up to 10 000 psi checking the pressure gauge for accuracy If the reading is not within 25 psi readjust R27 to match the set pressure D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 9 Run the pump up to 20 000 psi checking the pressure gauge for accuracy If the reading is not within 25 psi readjust R27 to match the set pressure 5 11 4 Reset Circuit This adjustment is required if U101 and the ICL 7665 is replaced It is done on the circuit board in the controller unit 1 2 3 Connect the common of the voltmeter to TP134 Turn the standby switch to the on position Adjust R133 of
244. rosive liquids drying in the air can cause the cylinder to corrode This corrosion occurs at varying rates based on the liquids and pumping conditions being employed The lowest flow rate engenders the most corrosive pumping environment as the deposited film has the longest time to corrode the inside of the cylinder wall The 100D or 260D pump is equipped with a purge connector Figure 2A 11 The purge connector enables the pump cylinder beneath the piston to be purged with nitrogen which inhibits cyl inder corrosion and may increase the useful cylinder life Figure 2A 11 shows a typical purge connection to the purge tube on the back of the pump D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 2600 Liquid System Connections amp Accessories To install the nitrogen 1 Attach gas supply by slipping the plastic tube over the Figure 2A 11 purge connector see Figure 2A 11 2 Regulate the nitrogen supply to slightly above atmospheric pressure PISTON PLASTIC TUBE CYLINDE PURGE CONNECTOR SLIP PLASTIC TUBE OVER PURGE CONNECTOR Figure 2A 11 Purge connector installation 2A 6 Optional Kits and The kits and instrumentation described in this section may be Instrumentation used to enhance the D Series pump operation 2 6 1 LabViewTM Pump Teledyne Isco provides a software package which can be used in Controller conjunc
245. s are labeled ULA upper limit pump A and LLA lower limit pump A for cylinder empty and full respectively The piston travel limit signals are connected to port 0 of the microprocessor U104 For more information see section 4 6 Piston Travel Limit Sensors The motor drives an optoelectronic quadrature position sensor which encodes the angular position of the motor see section 4 6 Quadrature Motor Angular Position Sensors The two quadrature position feedback signals TACHAA AND TACHAB connect to P110 via the pump control cable These signals feed the count inputs of U121 an LS7166 quadrature decoder up down counter The value of this counter represents the angular position of the motor The microprocessor reads U121 via the 8 bit bus and compares this feedback to the desired motor position A motor drive pulse width modulated PWM signal and a motor drive direction signal are then generated by the microprocessor to drive the motor to the correct position Front Panel Standby Switch Serial Port Interface Accessory Interface Analog Output D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation The direction signals are output through port 1 of the micropro cessor P1 0 for pump A The pump A PWM signal is output on pin 39 of the microprocessor The PWM signals for pumps B and C are generated by sections of an 82C54 counter U113 for pump B and U114 for pump C The pump control signals are inverted by a 74AC04 which drives t
246. s steel tubing P N 60 1243 391 without a filter An in line filter is contained in the CO connection package 1 8 NUT P N 209 0169 27 1 8 FERRULE P N 209 0169 41 wo TO SYSTEM STAINLESS STEEL ee TUBING P N 60 1243 658 SPACER P N 60 1243 659 SCREWS P N 231 5143 20 TEFLON TUBING P N 023 0504 02 STAINLESS STEEL TUBIN P N 60 1243 391 SCREWS P N 231 5143 08 VALVE P N 209 0098 05 JA FILTER P N 209 9012 10 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 2600 Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 3 2 Cylinder Connection Package The optional connection package is part number 68 1247 043 Table 2A 2 Table 2A 2 CO Cylinder Connection Package P N 68 1247 043 Part Number Description 209 0161 63 Reducing connector to Var 209 0161 16 Va x 210 nipple 209 0161 15 0 830 14 nut 209 0161 17 PTFE washer NIPPLE P N 209 0161 16 TO CO SUPPLY 60 1242 197 REV Figure 2A 5 package installation 209 0161 64 ON WASHER P N 209 0161 17 In line filter assembly NUT JPA 209 0161 15 TO VALVE INLET IN m REDUCING CONNECTOR P N 209 0161 63 INLINE FILTER FRIT ASSEMBLY P N
247. s supplied 2B 4 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2B 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories Table 2B 2 Refill Kit Package P N 68 1247 083 Part Number Description 209 0098 05 2 way valve 60 1243 689 Stainless steel tubing 18 OD 0 069 ID 023 0504 02 1 5 m 0 125 OD x 0 065 ID PTFE tubing 209 9012 10 10 micron filter 209 0161 01 Male connector NPT to 18 tubing 60 1243 659 Valve spacer 60 1243 391 1 5 m 0 125 OD x 0 069 ID stainless steel tubing 209 0161 66 18 nut 209 0161 67 18 ferrule Appropriate screws and washers also included RISK OF INJURY THE PRES SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 260 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 60 1242 312 REV MALE CONNECTOR NPT TO 1 8 TUBING P N 209 0161 01 wv TO SYSTEM STAINLESS STEEL ee TUBIN P N 60 1243 689 SPACER P N 60 1243 659 SCREWS P N 231 5143 20 TEFLON TUBING P N 023 0504 02 STAINLESS STEEL IN TUBI P N 60 1243 391 SCREWS P N 231 5143 08 VALVE P N 209 0098 05 A FILTER P N 209 9012 10 Figure 2B 3 Refill kit installation on the 500D pump 2B 5 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2B 3 2 Manual Outlet Valve 2B 6 Package To install outlet valve packag
248. s to factory settings If the ZERO PRESS key has been used the cor rected offsets will be lost M Note This option covers all pumps connected to the controller You cannot dictate the action of an individual pump Press softkey D DO_NOT to return to the main menu without resetting your system CAUTION Once a system reset has taken place all programs will be erased These cannot be recovered All user set limits and units will be returned to the factory default settings 1 Press the orange MENU key 2 Select number 5 SYSTEM RESET 3 Press softkey A CONTINUE A hard reset should only be performed when changing EPROMs for a software upgrade or at the suggestion of the Isco Service Department Like the system reset all user programmed set tings will be cleared M Note A hard reset will erase all programs and user defined parame ters These cannot be recovered 1 Turn the pump controller to STANDBY 2 Press and hold the CLEAR ENTRY key on the front panel keypad 3 While holding the CLEAR ENTRY key flip the on standby switch to ON Keep the CLEAR ENTRY key pressed for 1 second 4 Release the key and turn the unit back to STANDBY 5 Then turn the instrument back ON and execute a system reset described above 3 3 5 Display Contrast To change the display contrast Figure 3 4 Display contrast menu 3 3 6 Serial Option To change the serial options Figure 3 5 Serial option menu 3 3 7 Pump
249. se programs including a DASNET serial driver written in Visual C are available on CD ROM P N 60 1245 096 in the sleeve at the back of the printed manual 6 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Table 6 2 Example of BASIC program to demonstrate conversion of pump commands to DASNET frames 1 CLS Z PRINT INPUT ALL ENTRIES IN CAPITAL LETTERS 5 INPUT INPUT UNIT ID gt gt UNITNUM GET UNIT NUMBER 30 REM OPEN COM PORT SET FOR COM2 EDIT TO COMI IF NEED 40 OPEN COM2 1200 N 8 1 ASC FOR RANDOM AS 2 50 PRINT INPUT ENTER STRING Q TO EXIT gt gt I GET OUTPUT STRING FROM USER 65 IF I THEN GOTO 50 70 IF I THEN GOTO 200 80 GOSUB 10000 90 GOSUB 20000 120 PRINT DASNET FORMATTED CMD gt gt O BLANK INPUT THEN GO BACK INPUT THEN QUIT CONVERT STRING TO DASNET FORMAT OUT DASNET STRING COM 2 OUTPUT FORMATTED CMD TO USER 124 PRINT PRINT gt gt gt gt PRESS CTRL C IF NO RESPONSE FROM PUMP lt lt lt lt 125 LINE INPUT 2 Z 127 PRINT DASNET RESPONSE gt gt Z 128 2 130 50 200 CLOSE 2 210 SYSTEM GET RESPONSE FROM PUMP CR ENDS STRING PRINT RESPONSE CLEAR BUFFER BACK CLOSE COM2 END PROGRAM AND EXIT TO DOS 10000 REM this SUBROUTINE will convert a string I into a string O 10005 REM in DASNET protocol 10015 REM UNITNUM UNIT NUMBER OF PUMP 10020 REM AFTER THE STRING I
250. sent the concentration of the hazardous substance in this component s at least one homogeneous piece is higher than the ST standard limitation Manufacturer may give technical reasons to the X marks IRE AE The Environmentally Friendly Use Period EFUP was determined through experience Er B RARUS TO E XR NSH SURF AEP 207 5200076 BB LES A The date of Manufacture is in code within the serial number The first three numbers are the year of manufacture 207 is year 2007 followed by a letter for the month A is January B is February and so on D Series Hazmat Table 60 1243 928 Rev DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY ISM1 A Application of Council Directive 89 336 The EMC Directive 73 23 EEC The Low Voltage Directive Manufacturers Name Teledyne Isco Inc Manufacturer s Address 4700 Superior Lincoln Nebraska 68504 USA Mailing Address P O Box 82531 Lincoln NE 68501 Equipment Type Environment Laboratory Equipment for Light Industrial Commercial Environments Trade Name Model No Series D Series Controller Pump Controller Year of Issue 1999 Standards to which Conformity is Declared EN 61326 1998 EMC Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use EN 61010 1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use Standard Description Severity Applied Performance Criteria EN61000 4 2 Ele
251. ser can press the RUN key to start equilibration Flow must then be started through the system by opening all valves The modifier pump will not equilibrate properly without flow Then pump B pressure is slowly ramped upward until its check valve is detected to open At this point the controller exits EQUILIBRATION mode and displays the message RUNNING on the front panel display D Series Syringe Pumps Section 9 Modifier Addition When RUNNING is displayed the controller monitors pump A piston movement and calculates the pump B piston movement required to deliver the correct ratio of modifier If pump A cannot maintain the set pressure as when the extraction cartridges are initially filling or pump A is refilling the controller reverts to EQUILIBRATION and pump B pressure is dropped below that of pump A to avoid delivery of incorrect modifier concentrations Once the pump A set pressure is reestablished the system will re equilibrate When pump B needs refilling it must first be placed under inde pendent control as you must run it to return 5 10 ml of modifier back through the valve to be sure that the cylinder is free of air M Note To properly equilibrate the pumps they must be delivering fluid 9 2 Plumbing Kit for Modifier Addition The modifier addition kit P N 68 1247 079 is detailed in Table 9 1 This package is used to connect the outlets of two pumps together using a Valco 6 tee
252. set includes two thrust washers and one thrust bearing see Figure 5 5 below Note that the 65DM spacer is shaped differently from that of other pump models and must be properly oriented during rein stallation Figure 5 6 When performing shear key replacement on the 65DM pump use care to keep the bearings in position with the bearing between the two washers while installing the spacer D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair Ball screw D Inner bearing gt set not accessed Outer bearing set Figure 5 6 65DM Shear key replacement Proceed to the final steps in Section 5 8 4 5 8 4 Completion of Shear 1 Slide the spacer onto the ball screw The spacer will push Key Replacement the shear key into proper position Install the castle nut on the ball screw If the shear key isn t completely in the slot the spacer will position it properly as the castle nut is tightened 2 Tighten the castle nut a For the 65DM torque to 200 in Ibs 23 N m Do not exceed this limit or damage to the bearings will occur b For all other models torque to 250 in Ibs 28 N m 3 Loosen the nut until it can be turned by hand Tighten the nut finger tight 4 Insert the cotter pin through the castle nut and ball screw If the holes do not line up tighten the castle nut until any set of holes allow the cotter pin to be inserted N CAUTION Do not tighten the nut more than 30 beyond finger
253. sont specifi es dans ce manuel la protection fournie par l instrument peut tre affaiblie cela augmentera votre risque de blessure gt gt gt AVIS Les liquides qui sont analys s dans cet instrument peuvent tre canc rig nes hasards biologiques inflammables ou radioactifs Si vous devez utiliser ces liquides hasardeux il est tr s recommand que vous le faites l int rieur d un environnement isol concu pour tels liquides Cet environnement isol devrait tre construit selon les r glements f d raux provinciaux et locaux aussi que le plan de votre organisation qui concerne l v nement d un accident avec les mati res hasardeuses En tout cas utilisez toujours l instrumentation d Isco avec prudence et sens commun D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices Commonly Ordered Replacement Parts for the D Series Syringe Pumps Description Part Number Cylinder Seals General 65D 0 1379 bar 202 9096 08 65DM 0 689 5 bar 202 9096 08 100DX DM 0 689 5 bar 202 9090 75 260D 0 517 1 bar 202 9091 06 500D 0 258 6 bar 202 9091 56 1000D 0 137 8 bar upper seal 202 9990 25 1000D 0 137 8 bar lower seal 202 9990 23 For more information on seals refer to Table 2A 6 65D Inlet Outlet fittings l4 F250C Gland 209 0164 02 14 F250C Collar 209 0164 03 14 F250C Plug 209 0164 05 65DM Inlet Outlet fittings Valco 78 Nut 209 0169 27 18 Ferrule 209 0169 41 lg Plug 209 0166 80 ls Tubi
254. ss softkey A to stop pump A or softkey D to stop all pumps If you encountered any problems during the preliminary checkout please contact the Teledyne Isco Service Department The number is 800 775 2965 or 402 464 0231 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2A 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories About This Section The following section is divided into four parts 2A through 2D Section 2A covers the liquid system connections and accessories for the Teledyne Isco 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D syringe pumps Sections 2B 2C and 2D cover the same topics for the 500D 1000D and 65D syringe pumps respectively The installation procedures for the D Series pumps have been divided in this way for your conve nience The 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D pumps all come with 18 standard Valco ports The 500D and 1000D ports are l pipe thread fittings The 65D uses AE F250C high pressure fittings Because of this difference the packages tubing and options have different part numbers Addi tionally these pumps are typically used for different applications therefore the optional kits and accessories differ Table 2A 6 is a seal selection chart applicable to all D Series pumps except the 65D If you are setting up flow gradient continuous flow air valve or modifier addition systems there are sections for these systems located at the rear of this manual which contains
255. ssociated with the unit will cause it to be displayed on the first line of the screen after FLOW UNITS 6 To exit the UNITS menu press softkey D PREVIOUS This will return you to the main menu screen Your set tings will be saved automatically for all pumps Setting the units 0912 3 4 3 3 2 Refill To set auto refill volume Figure 3 3 Refill menu Disable Enable Auto Refill To set refill rate To exit 3 3 3 Power Failure STOP D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation The refill option allows you to set the refill rate or have the pump automatically refill when a certain volume is reached 1 Press the orange MENU key 2 Press number 3 REFILL The auto refill menu Figure 3 3 will be displayed 1 REFILL MARK VOLUME A 000 00mL 2 AUTO REFILL PUMP A OFF 3 REFILL RATE PUMP A 000 00mL MIN PUMP A PREVIOUS A B D M Note If more than one pump is connected to the controller pump B and pump C will be displayed on the fourth line To select a pump press the softkey under the pump designation 3 Press the number 1 key to set the volume for pump A 4 The units to the right of the symbol will blink indicating that you should enter a volume Use the number keys to enter an appropriate value and then press the ENTER key The second line will display OFF or ON indicating whether or not this feature is enabled for pump A or the
256. stallation Tips Be sure to keep the tubing as straight as possible at the end as this will make it easier to install the ferrules Be sure to cut the ends of the tubing squarely Don t leave burrs on the ends of the tubing When installing ferrules on the tubing be sure the tubing extends beyond the ferrule to allow for proper crimping e Ifthe connection is leaking retighten fittings e Push the tubing completely into the port before tight ening the nut e When connections are made to the cylinder cap the pressure reading may be affected If the pressure no longer reads zero push the pressure zero key on the controller front panel 2B 2 3 Tubing Cutting To prevent possible problems it is important to squarely cut the tubing Square ends will be easier to insert through the ferrule and will lower the dead volume 2B 2 To cut the tubing by hand 2B 2 4 Accessory Package 2B 2 5 Drain Tube D Series Syringe Pumps Model 500D Section 2 500D Liquid System Connection amp Accessories It is recommended that electrochemically machined steel tubing be used throughout the plumbing system Electrochemically machined tubing has flat burr free ends for minimum dead volumes and is free of cutting residues Pre cut electrochemi cally machined tubing is available through many chromato graphic supply distributors in assorted lengths A somewhat less desirable alternative is to purchase a tubing cutter designe
257. stant pressure mode MFLOWA MFLOWB MFLOWC Returns the maximum flow limit setpoint MINFLOWA MINFLOWB MINFLOWC Enter to designate the minimum flow rate setpoint MINFLOWA MINFLOWB MINFLOWC Returns the minimum flow rate setpoint MINPRESSA MINPRESSB MINPRESSC MINPRESSA MINPRESSB MINPRESSC Returns the minimum flow rate setpoint Returns the minimum pressure setpoint MODIFIER Put pumps in modifier addition mode PRESS Enter to designate pressure setpoint constant pressure mode Returns the delivering pump pressure in continuous pumping mode and modifier addition mode In INDEPENDENT mode it returns the pump A pressure PRESSA PRESSB PRESSC Returns the actual pressure of the pump PRESSCNTRLDIFF1 Sets the pressure control input to Analog input 1 with a pressure range of 50 psi PRESSCNTRLDIFF1 XXXXX Sets the pressure control input to Analog input 1 and sets the pressure range The range is 1 to 5000 the units are psi with a value of 5000 representing 5000 psi at 5 volts PRESSCNTRLDIFF2 Sets the pressure control input to Analog input 2 with a pressure range of 500 psi at 5 volts PRESSCNTRLDIFF3 Sets the pressure control input to Analog input 2 with a pressure range of 5000 psi at 5 volts PRESSCNTRLNORM Sets the pressure control input to the standard input PRESSDIFF XXXXX Differential pressure setpoint PSI 10 0 to 50 000
258. t 4 Once the brush has been pushed into the slot hold it in place with the screwdriver Then holding the brush retainer between your first two fingers reach your hand inside the pump case between the circuit board and the motor and align the retainer over the slot 5 Move the screwdriver as you put the retainer in place 6 Then tighten the brush retainer with a straight edge screwdriver 0 Quick Disconnect Motor Brush Retainer one of two Figure 5 7 D Series motor brush replacement 5 15 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 10 Troubleshooting 5 10 1 Power Supply A1 5 10 2 Controller 5 16 M Note Parts for Configuration 1 and Configuration 2 are not inter changeable The following sections contain tables listing the most commonly used test points and their voltages Refer to the controller sche matic and the pump schematic available online on our Web site N NDANGER RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT THE ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING ONLY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL MAY REMOVE THE CASE TOP N DANGER RISQUE DE CHOC LECTRIQUE COUPER L ALIMENTATION AVANT LA R PARATION L USAGER NE DOIT PAS DEMONTER L INSTRUMENT OU D RANGER LE M CANISME DEDANS ADRESSER LA REPARATION SEULEMENT AUX TECHNICIENS COMP TENTS Output voltages of the power supply can be verified The voltages in the pump unit between circuit common TP106 and the fuses
259. t D RS con trols data flow in the display controller A read or write is sig naled by a momentary low to high pulse on one of the two display enable signals DISP EN1 and DISP EN2 which control the upper and lower half of the display respectively The upper half of the display is decoded in address space as chip select 10 CS10 and the lower two lines by chip select 11 CS11 The display viewing angle adjustment is under software control and may be selected by pressing the MENU key The adjustment is made by varying the voltage at pin 6 of P104 The HSO 1 pin of the microprocessor outputs a pulse width modulated signal which drives the gate of MOSFET Q103 The resulting pulse signal is filtered by R122 and C139 to drive the display R123 provides a minimal current to prevent the display from being turned completely off 4 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation 4 4 Analog to Digital Converter Circuit Motor Control A 16 bit analog to digital converter U129 reads eight multi plexed analog inputs which include pump pressure signals and general analog interface signals used for external control The 16 bits of information from U129 is transferred to the CPU in two successive reads Pin 33 of U129 selects the 8 bit bus mode The 4051 CMOS multiplexer U130 input is selected under micropro cessor control by setting the three output pins P1 4 P1 5 and P1 6 The 5 volt signal is level translated to 12 volts by U
260. t Pump Operation 3 16 To exit 3 5 5 RAPID PRESS 3 5 6 HELP 3 5 7 ACC CTRL To set the digital output system pressurization This can be done by selecting limit 5 FLOW LIMIT The FLOW LIMIT value is used as the upper range of flow rate during pressure control This limit is not the same as the MAX FLOW limit which is a threshold above when the pump is stopped or an alarm is activated as selected by the operator 1 To exit the limits menu press softkey D PREVIOUS You will be returned to the main menu and your changes will be saved This option is available when operating in the constant flow mode and in the two pump concentration gradient mode It allows rapid pressurization to a stable pressure point and then switches automatically to the constant flow setpoint This is helpful when you are operating at a low flow rate but wish to rapidly pressurize a solvent 1 Press the CONST FLOW key to put the pump in constant flow mode or enter a two pump concentration gradient 2 Press the RAPID PRESS key to start rapid pressurization 3 The controller will display maximum flow rate and target pressure setting If these values are correct press the soft key D to continue rapid pressurization 4 If you know approximately what the pressure will be when the system is stable enter this value as a target pressure Press the softkey A and enter the desired pressure value This should shorten the time required to stabilize t
261. t before tight ening the nut When connections are made to the cylinder cap the pressure reading may be affected If the pressure no longer reads zero push the pressure zero key on the controller front panel 2C 2 3 Tubing Cutting To prevent possible problems it is important to squarely cut the tubing Square ends will be easier to insert through the ferrule and will lower the dead volume It is recommended that electrochemically machined steel tubing be used throughout the plumbing system Electrochemically machined tubing has flat burr free ends for minimum dead volumes and is free of cutting residues Pre cut electrochemi cally machined tubing is available through many chromato graphic supply distributors in assorted lengths A somewhat less desirable alternative is to purchase a tubing cutter designed to handle steel tubing For quick fixes the tubing may also be cut by hand with the following procedure A jewelers file goggles and two pairs of pliers are necessary for this oper ation To cut the tubing by hand 1 Wear goggles Using a fine jewelers file score the tubing around its entire circumference 2C 2 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 1000D Section 2C 1000 Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2 Secure the tubing with pliers on each side of the score line leaving approximately 46 between each set of pliers and the score line Care must be taken not to squeeze the tub ing too tightly as that will fla
262. t system backpressures from 6 9 bar to the single pump maximum Higher fluctuation occurs at pressures below 6 9 bar Minimum 3 5 bar Maximum system backpressure The single pump maximum Valves rated to 689 5 bar Maximum flow rate ml min Liquids 65 of the single pump E1000 132 6 maximum rate E500 132 6 excluding E1000 systems E260 69 55 E100X 32 50 E100M 16 25 E65DM 19 50 Liquefied gases 45 of the single pump maximum rate Cylinder cooling jack ets should be used to obtain this rate Temperature range 0 to 40 C Wetted materials in valve packages Check valves SS316 sapphire ruby PEEK PTFE Tubing and fittings SS316 gold 8 13 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 14 8 4 2 Dual Electric Valve Installation Plumbing connections Electrical connections To install the electric valve package refer to Figure 8 6 1 Position the valve bases 1 3 cm apart 2 Use the plugs to stopper the ports that will not be con nected DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRESSURE PRODUCED COULD BE 700 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL 3 Loosely attach the tubing lengths from the valve assembly to the pumps 4 Allow the bracket to hang vertically and place the straps around the pressure transducer caps Tighten the wing nuts 5 Install the four bracket panhead screws on the bottom of
263. t to the same speed Possible baud rates are 1200 and 19200 Other baud rates of 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 are supported by the D Series pumps but are not part of the Teledyne Isco defined communica tions standard Electrical standards are RS 232 C connector pin usage is out lined in Table 6 1 Characters consist of 1 start bit 8 data bits low order first with 8th bit always set to zero and 1 stop bit There is no parity bit used All characters will be printable ASCII characters Control characters 0 1FH are ignored except for car riage return ODH The serial unit number and baud rate can be changed from the default values through the MENU key Select SERIAL under the menu and adjust the values using the softkeys see section 6 6 Table 6 1 External control connector serial pin connections Name Use CHASSIS GROUND Used to connect to the shield of the interconnect cable RECEIVE Serial interface data input Standard RS 232 C signal levels TRANSMIT Serial interface data output Standard RS 232 C signal levels REQUEST TO SEND RTS chain RS 232 C input is buff ered and connected to pin 21 CLEAR TO SEND CTS buffered RS 232 C output of pine 25 input 11 VDC DATA SET READY is held on COMMON Signal common for all signals 11 VDC DATA CARRIER DETECT is held on 5 VDC Test Voltage 11 VDC Negative test voltage TRANSMIT CHAIN Serial data from next u
264. tainless steel 304 tubing 18 OD x 0 069 ID 004 7300 23 Stainless steel 304 tubing 46 OD x 0 007 ID 004 7601 00 Stainless steel 316 tubing 146 OD x 0 031 ID 004 7462 51 Stainless steel 316 tubing 146 OD x 0 009 ID 68 1020 210 Pump Controller extension cable 3 m 68 1020 214 Pump Controller extension cable 15 m 209 0166 80 18 SST plug 209 0162 00 18 146 tubing reducing union Part Number Description 60 1243 231 1 5 m Stainless steel tubing 146 OD x 0 020 ID 60 1243 232 0 3 m Stainless steel tubing 146 OD x 0 020 ID 209 9012 17 In line solvent filter with replacement frit 0 5 micron filter 209 0094 07 Zero volume nut 209 0094 08 Zero volume ferrule 209 9012 21 5 bar back pressure regulator 209 9012 22 7 bar back pressure regulator 68 1247 093 260D High accuracy transducer Contact factory for specifications 2A 17 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories Table 2A 7 Optional Accessories Continued Part Number Description 209 0161 63 Swagelok connector 14 male pipe to 18 OD fractional tube 209 0161 16 6 35 cm Nipple pipe thread 209 0161 15 Nut 209 0161 17 Flat PTFE washer 209 0161 64 209 0098 05 In line filter assembly 2 way thru valve lg OD bracket mounted 209 9012 10
265. th potentially explosive reactions The letter below which appeared in the July 22 1991 edition of Chemical and Engineering News is reprinted with permission from Professor Robert E Sievers and his colleagues at the University of Colorado at Boulder Even though they were not performing supercritical fluid extraction it details the problems their lab experienced using nitrous oxide under simi lar conditions We add our support for their suggestion to use only carbon dioxide or other less hazardous fluids for supercritical fluid extraction ERING CHEMICAL uS LETTERS 29 69 Num 4991 20 17138 JUN 25 234 N 0009 F jon ethano EMICAL SA so 105 ath eth 2 super ical uid nt x s 500 M e pump f ome 2 ported x Sa extract uld TR others N with mixture ick wave OF x p ol oF jon ap sous oxide s ethan x h edb ve tractiO nie odifiers AU ove be ce in the ig cted for SUP ee catalyst su es nol 3 ihe ot n be we n nos ion hat t enc cal ni us the fu xplosio samples we e t super 9 tetraeth le or ous OX when e er et nol 5 thy orate the critic n d oxide ate 0 07 This ith pau en hosilid 00 ps dr d entis ylort 0 07 mn cm v pu pers of we ture WS PS sees st Pr Because lof E other 1659 m exp at 4 mate us
266. th status for the ACCESS CTRL connections Refer to the accessory control connections on the rear panel of the pump controller Table 8 6 Accessory Control Digital Outputs Digital Pump Valve Fluid Path Status Output Location 1 A Inlet open or closed Outlet open or closed 2 A 3 B Inlet open or closed 4 B Outlet open or closed Alternate connections can be made to drive low power 12 15 V relays or electric valves Assume two wires per relay or valve The first wire is connected to the appropriate digital output on the back of the pump controller The second wire can be con nected to the 15 V connector to supply a maximum of 200 mA for switching of relays or valves Observe correct polarity if the valve or relay is polarized 8 6 Operation 8 6 1 Continuous Flow Setup To set up continuous constant flow To set up continuous constant pressure D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation Once your valve package has been properly installed and you have insured that fluid connections are leak free you are ready to begin operating your system Teledyne Isco convention is to name the pumps pump A and pump B reading from left to right Before running in continuous flow mode become familiar with independent mode which allows the controller to operate two pumps independently and simultaneously You must operate the two pumps
267. the bracket 6 Tighten the tubing nuts 7 Connect the inlet tube to the supply reservoir Connect the outlet tee to your apparatus 8 Connect the DB 25 cable to the controller rear panel SFX 220 VALVES connector Figure 8 6 OVERHEAD VIEW Y ar 6 32 HEXNUT OPTIONAL REDUCING FITTING FOR 1 16 TUBING 1 8 NUT AND FERRULE FOR 100 260D 65DM PUMP OR MALE CONNECTOR FOR 500D PUMP 1 8 NUT E 1 8 FERRULE PRESWAGED PUMP CONNECTION TUBING MOUNTING PLATE SPACER BLOCK WINGNUT 6 32 HEXNUT STRAP MOUNT STRAP PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CAP TUBING TO VALVE ASSEMBLY D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 60 1242 343 REV DB 25 CONNECTOR TO PUMP STRAP a 1 OF 2 9 o SYRINGE PUMP zn HEAD d m CYLINDER HEAD ze o hu P E e o e ELECTRIC VALVE 4 EACH M INLET TEE 4 EACH INLET 4 CUSTOMER RESERVOIR ba 3 if oo oo EXTRACTOR
268. the controller are buffered by U102 a high speed optocoupler circuit The outputs at pins 6 and 7 are active high when the respective inputs are flowing current controller outputs low The two control signals then pass through the current limiting and direction steering circuit The PWM signal labeled PULSE is gated by U102C to turn off when the motor drive current exceeds 5 amps R104 with R105 divide the 12 volt supply to provide a 0 5 volt reference Comparators U101A and U101B compare the reference to the voltage across 0 1 ohm current sense resistors R112 and R116 respectively R116 senses the 4 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation 4 8 current when power is applied to the motor in the forward piston up direction R112 senses current with power applied in the reverse piston down direction U103B and U103C are connected to form an RS flip flop which is set at the beginning of aPWM cycle and is cleared if the motor current exceeds the 5 amp limit When the PULSE signal goes high current will flow through the motor and increase with time If the current exceeds 5 amps before the end of the PWM cycle the comparator will reset the flip flop U104C gates the PULSE signal through according to the state of the RS flip flop which disables the signal when a current limit has been reached The PULSE signal is then steered to the correct drive transistor according to the DIRECTION signal Transistors Q106 Q10
269. the pump operation from an IBM PC or compatible computer which has an RS 232 C serial output The serial interface accepts English command words from the computer like constant pressure refill etc For more information see Section 6 5 The D series syringe pump RUN STOP function can be exter nally controlled by a switch contact closure or TTL input The input voltage is 5 volts and is internally pulled high RUN The input is level sensitive must remain high for RUN or low for STOP and must be high for normal operation of serial RS 232 control To use the remote RUN STOP feature first press RUN or force the RUN STOP pin low to enable the pump Thereafter the RUN STOP pin will control operation Pressing STOP on the front panel will override the RUN STOP pin Two wires are required for external RUN STOP control The digital common or ground wire should be connected to one of the four DIGITAL GROUND terminals of the ACCESSORY con nector on the controller rear panel The control wire should be connected to terminal 1 under DIGITAL INPUT If an electri cally isolated relay is used one relay terminal should be con nected to digital ground and the other to terminal 1 under DIGITAL INPUT If two pumps are used with the controller the second control wire should be connected to terminal 2 under DIGITAL INPUT If three pumps are used with the controller the third control wire should be connected to terminal 3 under DIGITAL INPUT o
270. through the castle nut and ball screw Use a 4 wrench to remove the castle nut shown below Pee Remove the spacer The two broken halves of the shear key should be protrud ing from the brass worm gear and the ball screw M Note The 65DM pump has a bearing set not included in the other pumps In addition to following the other steps in this section when performing shear key replacement on a 65DM pump ensure that the bearing set is properly reinstalled as described in Section 5 8 3 e Spacer Ball Screw Access Plate Cotter Pin Castle Nut Figure 5 3 Accessing the shear key 5 10 Shear Key Figure 5 4 Shear key replacement 5 8 1 Replacement Using Installation Tool 5 8 2 Replacement Without Installation Tool D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair gap gap gt shear key for shear key for all 65DM other models A shear key installation tool part 60 1248 135 is available from Teledyne Isco 1 Insert tool into ball screw so that the slot on ball screw and tool are lined up then lock with locking pin Rotate the ball screw until the broken halves of shear key are realigned Figure 5 4 above Remove the broken shear key halves by gripping them with pliers or vise grips and pulling them out Insert the new shear key into the slot with the gap facing away from the shaft as shown above Push the shear
271. tion with the D Series pump line 2A 15 D Series Syringe Pumps Models 65DM 100DM 100DX 260D Section 2 65DM 100DM 100DX and 260D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2A 7 Optional Seals Typically the general seal provided with your pump will satisfy your application s requirements including SFE or other applica tions which use carbon dioxide However certain solvents and or conditions require the cylinder seal be changed to facilitate the application Table 2A 6 is provided to help you select the correct seal for your pump and application requirements Table 2A 6 Seal Selection Chart Seal Type Maximum Pressure Rating for Seal bar Seal Description 100DX DM GENERAL SFE CARBON DIOXIDE 0 689 5 bar Black PTFE graphite filled 202 9090 75 202 9091 06 202 9091 56 upper seal 202 9990 25 lower seal 202 9990 23 This is our standard seal It is good for most applicatio vents such as LC SFC and SFE ns particularly those using organic sol HIGH TEMPERATURE 0 689 5 bar Black PTFE graphite fiber reinforced high temperature compound 202 9090 76 202 9091 09 202 9093 56 upper seal 202 9990 28 lower seal 202 9990 27 This seal is best suited for applications which require t emperatures b chemical compatibility is similar to that of the general seal etween 50 C and 100 C Its LOW PRESSURE 0 137 9 bar This seal
272. tions on parts contact Teledyne Isco Service Department 2 This list is subject to change without notice A 26 D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SHEET OF If TELEDYNE ISCO REV F DATE 071509 UMBER DESCRIPTION 492 SOAK PAD GEAR TRAIN BASE 607 SHEAR KEY 610 EY GEAR TRAIN 624 BEARING RETAINING RING 682 EY 8 6 CYLINDER CAP 65ML 882 PISTON BASE 65ML 883 SEAL RETAINER 65ML 901 BACK UP RING PRIMARY SEAL WHEE ww lt Co Co wl 236 LUBE WHEEL ASSY 309 TRANSFORMER ASSY IEC 1010 1 51177 OTOR DRIVE CBA MOD FOR 65HP ONLY 323 AIN HARNESS FOR PUMP 414 TRANSDUCER ASSY 116 UT ASSY 127 BALL SCREW ASSY 182 WEAR RING 65ML 431 GEAR 5929 SPUR GEAR 363 EXTENDED WORM 80 CO TION GEAR 874 R SYRINGE PUMP 65ML 815 FRO ANEL LABEL FOR 65D ONLY 880 CYL ER CAP SEAL 41 L STRIP ASSY 6 9 9 QU 9 69 69 69 69 For current prices and quotations on parts contact Teledyne Isco Service Department his list 1s subject to change without notice
273. tor type 3 Remove the wire lead by pulling on the quick disconnect 4 Unscrew the brush retainer from the motor using a straight edge screwdriver 5 Once the wire has been removed pull the brush out 1 Guide the new brush into the slot 2 Push the spring down and the replace the brush retainer 3 Tighten the brush retainer with a straight edge screw driver 1 If you have not already done so remove the pump case top 2 Lay the pump on its back so that you can access the hole in the case bottom Remove two screws which secure a cover plate over the access hole 3 Remove the wire lead by pulling on the quick disconnect D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 4 Insert a straight edge screwdriver through the hole and unscrew the brush retainer It s quite easy to drop the retainer into the case if you aren t careful Using a larger screwdriver or putting a dab of adhesive on the end of the screwdriver will prevent this from occurring 5 Once the retainer has been removed the brush can be pulled out You can use needle nose pliers or your first two fingers to tug on the brush To replace the bottom brush 1 Connect the new brush to the wire lead 2 Look through the hole on the case bottom and use your fin gers to push the wire lead so that the brush moves near the slot 3 When you have the brush aligned with the slot use a straight edge screwdriver to push the brush into the slo
274. tour de la pompe Cela permettra au gaz qui s chappe de dissiper plus rapidement loin de la pompe et r duira aussi la quantit de gaz qui entre dans le compartiment du moteur Scellez le compartiment du moteur de la pompe avec un ruban adh sif et circulez un flot con tinu d azote l int rieur du compartiment Cela r duira aussi la possibilit d accumuler une mixture explosive autour du moteur et relais o se trouvent la premi re possibilit des tincelles lectriques Pour l information suppl mentaire t l phonez gratuitement 800 775 2965 ou t l copiez 402 465 3085 pour consulter le d partement de service technique UTILISEZ LE SYSTEME SFE ET LES POMPES A SERINGUE TELEDYNE ISCO DANS TELLES APPLICATIONS POTENTIELLEMENT HASARDEUSES A VOS RISQUES ET PERILS vi D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices WARNING PLEASE READ At the request of our Supercritical Fluid Extraction laboratory staff we want our customers to be aware of the potential hazards involved with supercritical fluid extraction Oxidizing gases such as nitrous oxide in contact with organic matrices or flammable modifiers can detonate under certain conditions Likewise flammable fluids such as methane under high pressure conditions can present a hazard With concern for the safety of our customers we have designed our extractors to be as safe as possible However we do not recommend the use of our instrument wi
275. tput range selection jumpers 3 20 5 1 Gear train lubrication and motor drive service 5 4 5 2 Break in procedure for aqueous seals 5 6 5 8 Accessing the shear key 5 10 5 4 Shear key replacement 5 11 5 5 65DM Bearing 5 12 5 6 65DM Shear key replacement 5 13 5 7 D Series motor brush replacement 5 15 5 8 65D PreAmp sne iaer werden waker mean V RA Ba ea 5 18 5 9 Pressure output jacks pump rear panel 5 18 5 10 Limit sensor replacement 5 20 5 11 Installing the plastic mounts 5 21 6 1 Single serial network connection example rear view 6 1 6 2 Serial network connection example 6 11 6 8 Get Status String he ee p ee Lae nested 6 16 6 4 Get All Status String 6 17 6 5 Gradient Download Commands Single pump flow gradient 6 18 6 6 Gradient Download Commands Two pump flow gradient 6 19 6 7 Gradient Upload Commands Single pump flow gradient 6 20 6
276. trol provides satisfactory torque control When the valve is opened the motor rotates a fixed angular amount from the closed position The motor is operated at a con stant speed for the fixed time required to rotate the desired amount Refer to the Interface Schematic and the Depressurization Valve Schematic The valve control and sensing signals interface to the controlling microprocessor through U206 an 82C55A integrated circuit Ports A and C are configured as outputs Port B is configured as eight inputs Each output is buffered through a section of a 2803 Darlington transistor driver chip The outputs of port A select a motor to be operated select the direction of operation and switch the power circuitry on or off The motor selection and direction functions are implemented by relays Six DPDT relays are configured to select the desired motor and an associated current limit setpoint potentiometer The current setpoint potentiometer is located on the back of the valve motor so that controllers can be exchanged without dis turbing the valve torque calibration A seventh DPDT relay K204 switches the motor drive polarity to select the motor drive direction A reference voltage circuit provides the setpoint for the current control circuit Voltage reference U203 is adjusted to 2 50 volts by R212 and is buffered by U202B The reference voltage is divided to provide the current setpoint signal R210 and the potentiometer which is
277. tructions without notice Contact Information Customer Service Phone 800 228 4373 USA Canada Mexico 402 464 0231 Outside North America Fax 402 465 3022 Email IscoCSR teledyne com Technical Support Phone Toll Free 866 298 6174 Samplers Flow Meters and Multi parameter Probes Toll Free 800 775 2965 Syringe Pumps and Liquid Chromatography Email IscoService teledyne com Return equipment to 4700 Superior Street Lincoln NE 68504 1398 Other Correspondence Mail to P O Box 82531 Lincoln NE 68501 2531 Email IscoInfo teledyne com Revised April 2014 D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices Warnings and Cautions The lightning flash and arrowhead within the triangle is a warning sign alerting you to dangerous voltage inside the product The exclamation point within the triangle is a warning sign alerting you to important instructions in this manual Symboles de S curit Ce symbole signale la pr sence d un danger d lectrocution Ce symbole signale l existence d instructions importantes relatives au produit dans ce manuel D Series Syringe Pumps Warnings Cautions and Notices Warnungen und Vorsichtshinweise Der gepfeilte Blitz im Dreieck ist ein Warnzeichen das Sie vor gef hrlichen Spannungen im Inneren des Produkts warnt Das Ausrufezeichen in Dreieck ist ein Warnzeichen das Sie darauf aufmerksam macht da wichtige Anleitungen zu diesem
278. tten or deform the exterior of the tubing 3 With the pliers bend the tubing back and forth to cause cracking at the score line The bending should be done in two places to reduce the chance of squashing the tubing 4 It may be necessary to deburr the outside of the tubing ends with the file Make sure the tubing ends are clean and the inner bore is clear before installing the cut tube M Note It is often impossible to remove a burr that blocks the inner bore 20 3 D Series Syringe Pumps Model 1000D Section 2C 1000 Liquid System Connection amp Accessories 2C 2 4 Drain Tube Figure 2C 2 Drain tube installation 2C 3 Cylinder Washing and 20 4 Purging The overflow outlet on the pump cylinder provides a means of draining fluid from seal leakage Use two pieces of ID flexible tubing to divert the leakage away from the pump To install the drain tubes attach one end of each piece of tubing over the ends of the drip tray outlet and the splash pan outlet shown in Figure 2C 2 You may also drain the fluid away from the pump by con necting to the two 18 tubes protruding from the back of the pump M Note The drain tubes shown in Figure 2C 2 may appear slightly dif ferent than that on your pump A thin film of liquid will wet the inside of the cylinder each time the piston travels up the cylinder Corrosive liquids drying in the air can cause the cylinder to corrode This corrosion occurs at varying rates
279. u may plug one port and use a single port as both the inlet and outlet D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories Pressure transducer cap DANGER RISK OF INJURY THE PRES Nut amp SURE PRODUCED COULD BE 1379 BAR PLEASE UTILIZE APPROPRIATE TUBING AND CONNECTIONS NOTED IN THE MANUAL Ferrule Tubing to valve Figure 2D 1 Liquid system plumbing connections 2D 2 2 Drain Tube The overflow outlet on the pump cylinder provides a means of draining fluid from seal leakage Use the ID flexible tubing included with the accessory package 60 1249 024 to divert the leakage away from the pump To install the drain tube simply place one end of the tubing over the end of the drip pan outlet shown in Figure 2D 2 Figure 2D 2 Drain tube installation D Series Syringe Pumps Model 65D Section 2D 65D Liquid System Connections amp Accessories 2D 3 Temperature and Pressure Controls 2D 3 1 Cylinder Insulating An optional insulation cover P N 68 1247 081 is available to Cover reduce noise due to temperature fluctuations and also improve pump performance at flow rates under 500 pl min The cover consists of two pieces which fit over the cylinder as shown in Figure 2D 3 Notches for tubing Side Latches Figure 2D 3 Cylinder insulation cover Notches in the cover provide openings for the inlet and outlet tubing and for the cable to the
280. ubject to change without notice A 58 A 1 13 SST Dual Air Valve Package for 100 260D 500D 65DM 100DM Dx 260D amp 500D AIR VALVE PACKAGE AIR VALVE PACKAGE REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST P r i pU c D Series Syringe Pumps Appendix A Replacement Parts mo N 1 ES DUT b w gt Note This valve system is for use with the 65DM 100D 100DX 260D and B OUT Ub P 500D pumps This air valve will not work with 65D pumps Please con sult the factory
281. ump DIAGNOSTIC MENU Displays an additional menu con taining testing options LCD TEST This feature will cycle the display Press any key to stop test ANALOG INPUT This feature will display all the analog input signals on the display MEMORY TEST This feature will test the memory for errors KEYPAD TEST This feature will test the keypad Press EXIT to exit MOTOR CONTROL LIMITS This feature will test the digital position control system Press 1 2 3 for the pump wanted for test Press UP 100 to move the pump s cylinder up 100 counts Press DOWN 100 to move the pump s cylinder down 100 counts Press EXIT to exit this function SERIAL TEST This feature will test the serial channel Once this feature is active the software will serial send SERIAL TEST I Hkk through the serial port The REC message will show any serial input characters on the display PRESS CALIBRATION This feature is used for calibration only If an incorrect number is entered with this feature the pumps will NOT display run at the correct pressure Press CalA Cal CalC and enter the calibration number for the needed pump Press Prev to exit this feature 3 5 Front Panel Keys 3 5 1 HOLD 3 5 2 RECALL D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation DIFF MODES The standard pressure transducer MUST be connected to pump for correct
282. umps to Independent mode Number 4 will blink indicating that INDEPENDENT mode is selected Select the HOLD PRESS or NORMAL mode of operation Press softkey A to toggle between the two modes HOLD PRESS After the pump is empty in constant pressure mode if the outlet pressure rises past the set point the pump will restart and run the system to the set point pressure NORMAL This feature shuts the pump off if the pumps runs empty in constant pressure mode Once the pumps have been set to this mode they will operate independently from one another Each pump will operate at its defined limit and rate One pump may be operating in constant flow the other in constant pressure Independent mode is the default setting for the pump When a command such as stop or refill is pressed a menu will appear asking you to designate the pump to stop or refill Only the designated pump will stop the other pumps will continue in the pumping application you have them set for Return to the run screen by pressing softkey D three times Then press softkey D select pump to display the select pump screen This screen will show each pump s pertinent information and allow you to select any pump for program ming changes To select B pump from the select pump screen press soft key B This will display the B pump run screen From here you can start pump B or change the operating parameters This feature will reset the total volume disp
283. ur applications Mode The pump mode refers to the type of operation the pump is performing e g constant flow constant pressure or gradient Screen The liquid crystal display is referred to in this manual as the LCD the display and the screen 100DX DM An abbreviation used when referring to the 100DX and 100DM pumps Rates Units and Limits To allow pump operation to be tailored to your application both the pressure and flow rate units may be set by the user refer to section 3 3 1 UNITS The pump also allows user programmed refill as well as pumping rates refer to section 3 3 2 REFILL The system protection limits may also be set by the user refer to section 3 5 4 LIMITS 3 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation 3 2 M Note Mistakes If you make an incorrect entry press the CLEAR ENTRY key to delete your last keystroke If you have entered a programming mode but do not wish to make any changes press the ENTER key to retain the current setting If you find yourself locked in a menu press softkey D under RETURN or EXIT to return to the previous screen 3 2 1 Display There are two types of screen displayed programming screens and run screens Programming screens The programming screens are divided into separate menus These menus are accessed when different features are being pro grammed Run screens The run screen appears once a program has been loa
284. ush tube 3 Place the piston base onto the push tube 4 Install the piston seal retainer onto the piston base 5 Replace the cylinder over the piston and push tube assem bly and screw it into the cylinder mounting block The cyl inder should be screwed into the cylinder mounting block until the cylinder snugly bottoms against the piston the cylinder will no longer turn 6 Unscrew the cylinder until the inlet and outlet ports are lined up as you had them before 7 Lock the cylinder by tightening the locking screw Reinstall covers Although the wear ring does not routinely need to be replaced occasionally it becomes worn or damaged depending on how the pump has been used Teledyne Isco recommends that when replacing the seal or cleaning the piston check the wear ring for any signs of deterioration 1 Follow the instructions in section 5 3 Seal Cleaning and Replacement to access the cylinder 2 Remove the piston seal retainer and slide off the seal The wear ring should then slide easily up and off the piston The wear ring prevents the piston from direct metal to metal contact with the cylinder wall and should therefore extend at least 0 010 beyond the circumference of the piston lip Check the bottom of the wear ring which rests on the piston lip for extrusion or any unevenness If there is an indentation of 5 7 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 5 Flushing the Cylinder 5
285. ut scale is 1 Volt per 10 ml min the MAX FLOW limit should be set to 50 ml min The MAX FLOW setting may not exceed the pump specification The volume analog outputs are not adjustable The full scale range represents one pump stroke These outputs represent volume delivered with the maximum output at cylinder empty The pump controller can be configured to provide a 4 20 mA current loop output Contact the factory for more information on this option P319 C301 A3 5 E C308 0306 eos OQ P320 0307 U301 17 50 ANALOG OUTPUT 2 5V So 5V ku ANALOG OUTPUT 1 C301 530 e NS 304 5 9302 yov ANALOG OUTPUT 4 5V A301 5V ANALOG OUTPUT 3 EOD 41 C303 5303 3 Figure 3 9 Output range selection jumpers 3 20 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 3 Single amp Multiple Independent Pump Operation Table 3 2 Analog Output Options connections to female 25 pin Sub D Description One or Two Three Pump Pump Function Function Chassis earth Analog common Analog common Analog common Analog common Output 1 Flow Rate A Flow Rate A Output 2 Flow Rate B Flow Rate B Output
286. vice 800 775 2965 must be contacted prior to shipment to obtain a clean return form The applicable MSDS paperwork of the last substance ran must be received by Technical Service e The syringe pump must be shipped with the cylinders removed from the pumps and any residue completely rinsed with methanol or water e Wrap the unit in heavy paper or a plastic bag If the original box is not available put the wrapped unit in a strong cardboard box at least six inches longer in each basic dimension than the unit e Fill the box equally around the unit with resilient packing material Seal it with strapping tape and ship it to the address on the warranty The warranty at the end of the manual also describes the conditions under which Teledyne Isco will pay surface shipping costs NOTICE Do not return the pump without contacting the Teledyne Isco Technical Service Do not return the pump without first providing written guarantee that it has been decontaminated of hazardous or potentially lethal materials Teledyne Isco reserves the right to refuse shipment if no decontamination assurance has been provided prior to shipment Failure to decontaminate a pump may result in legal action taken by state or federal authorities 5 2 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair M Note It is very important that the shipment be well packed and fully insured Damage claims must be settled between you a
287. which is buffered through U108 a bi directional buffer The micropro cessor is designed to address a 64 Kilobyte space To access more code memory this system utilizes a paged memory method which allows access to 512 K bytes of code memory with 27C020s installed in addition to the 16 K of SRAM The additional address bits are output through U112 a programmable logic device The microprocessor reset signal is generated by voltage monitor circuit U101 The microprocessor has an internal pull up on the active low reset signal The open drain output at pin 7 pulls the reset signal low when the 5 volt supply drops below about 4 75 volts Refer to section 5 11 1 for calibration instructions R108 Keypad Scan Circuit Display D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation provides hysteresis to insure the reset signal switches without bouncing The calibrated switching point is the low to high tran sition which occurs when the 5 volt supply exceeds 4 875 volts The front panel ON STANDBY switch also exerts control over the reset circuit In normal operation with the reset signal high transistor Q101 is turned on When the front panel switch is changed to STANDBY it is designed to switch the reset signal low halting the microprocessor after a delay sufficient enough to allow saving microprocessor RAM information in the external non volatile RAM When pin 3 of P105 switches high an interrupt routine is activated by pin 15 of U
288. wings referred to in this section first find the serial number for your unit Then go to our Web site at www isco com In the left column click Service amp Support In the center of the page click Fast thorough factory repair service Find the blue heading Circuit Schematics and click the indicated link After you enter your serial number in the field D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 1 1 Service Department 5 1 2 Howto Ship Returns provided you will be able to view the schematics online If you need assistance or don t see the correct schematic for your spe cific unit contact our service department If you have a question about a procedure need parts information or need some help call the Teledyne Isco Service department If you write be sure to include all the details about your instrument and the nature of the error Address your letter to Teledyne Isco Service Department P O Box 82531 Lincoln NE 68501 USA IscoService teledyne com We suggest you call the Service Department first before deciding to return the unit for factory repair Often a problem can be solved in the field with just a little extra help Our telephone number is Toll free 800 775 2965 Outside USA Canada and Mexico 402 464 0231 In the rare event that an instrument must be returned for main tenance the following measures must be taken to ensure a proper return Teledyne Isco Technical Ser
289. witchover from one pump module to the other This flow irregularity can be mea sured as a pressure fluctuation Teledyne Isco pressure fluctu ation at switchover is 0 35 bar at system backpressures from 6 9 bar to the single pump maximum Before programming continuous flow appropriate valves must be connected the pumps must contain fluid and there must be backpressure for operation The following sections provide part numbers specifications and installation steps for Continuous Flow Check Valves on page 8 2 Continuous Flow Air Valves on page 8 8 Continuous Flow Electric Valves on page 8 13 User Supplied Valves on page 8 16 Following these sections in the manual is information about Operation on page 8 17 Operating Tips and Guidelines on page 8 18 Special Features on page 8 19 Accessories on page 8 20 8 1 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 8 Continuous Flow Introduction Installation amp Operation 8 2 Continuous Flow 8 2 Check Valves 8 2 1 Check Valve Technical Specifications The following section describes the installation procedure for continuous flow check valves Due to the higher operating pressure and special fittings the model 65D pump requires hardware that is not listed in this section Call the factory for details to configure a 65D pump for this type of operation The check valve package connects two D Series syringe pumps allowing continuous flow operation The tees check valves
290. xcept that pump remains under remote serial control UNITSA Enter the desired flow or pressure units after the equal sign Acceptable values are ATM BAR KPA PSI ML MIN ML HR UL MIN UL HR Sets all pumps Return the volume remaining in cylinder in ml Format is ml Returns the total volume delivered when using continuous flow or modifier VOL RESET Will reset the volume total to zero 6 15 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 6 Serial Interface Table 6 4 Serial Commands Continued Command Description ZEROA ZEROB ZEROC ZERODIFF1 ZERODIFF2 ZERODIFF3 Zeros the pressure sensor offset for analog input 1 Zeros the pressure sensor offset for the respective analog input NOTE 1 The analog input range is 1 5 to 11 6 volts There is NO conversion of the returned number The number returned 0 to 65535 decimal will have an offset of 7500 added to the number 7500 0 volts and a scale of 5000 for every 1 volt for example number 7500 32500 7500 5000 volts 5000 5 volts NOTE 2 The only pump B commands accepted in continuous pumping mode or modifier addition mode are B FLOWB LIMITSB PRESSB REFILLB REFILLB STATUSB VOLB 6 5 1 Get Status Command The and serial commands retrieve information from the pump controller Each command returns a text string which can be read as shown in Figures 6 3 and 6 4 46
291. y input signals to the con troller logic without the logic 5 volt supply present This is nec essary because when multiple pump modules are connected to the same controller the B and C pumps which do not power the controller may be connected to mains power without the A pump powered Therefore all optical sensors in a multiple pump system are powered from the pump A power supply D Series Syringe Pumps Section 4 Theory of Operation 4 12 D Series Syringe Pumps Section 5 Pump Maintenance amp Repair 5 1 Introduction N DANGER RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT THE ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING ONLY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL MAY REMOVE THE CASE TOP AN DANGER RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE COUPER L ALIMENTATION AVANT LA R PARATION L USAGER NE DOIT PAS D MONTER L INSTRUMENT OU D RANGER LE M CANISME DEDANS ADRESSER LA REPARATION SEULEMENT AUX TECHNICIENS COMP TENTS A WARNING Earth ground bonding conductor Do not remove or disconnect Mise la terre Ne pas enlever ni d connecter N WARNING Line voltage is present inside this unit at all times regardless of switch settings If internal adjustments or repairs are necessary the line cords must be disconnected to remove possible shock hazard before opening the case The following sections contain maintenance and repair proce dures which you can do yourself or have done by a technician at your site To view the schematic dra

Legacy Syringe Pumps User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents